SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549 ---------------- FORM 10-Q ---------------- [X] QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 FOR THE QUARTERLY PERIOD ENDED MARCH 31, 2004 OR [ ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 COMMISSION FILE NUMBER 000-29472 AMKOR TECHNOLOGY, INC. (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER) Delaware 23-1722724 (STATE OF INCORPORATION) (I.R.S. EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER) 1345 ENTERPRISE DRIVE WEST CHESTER, PA 19380 (610) 431-9600 (ADDRESS OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES AND ZIP CODE) Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [X] No [ ] Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes [X] No [ ] The number of outstanding shares of the registrant's Common Stock as of May 1, 2004 was 174,666,140.

PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION ITEM 1. CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AMKOR TECHNOLOGY, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA) FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, -------------------------------------- 2004 2003 ------------------ ------------------ (UNAUDITED) Net revenues............................................................................. $ 464,646 $ 343,131 Cost of revenues ........................................................................ 352,798 296,562 ------------------ ------------------ Gross profit............................................................................. 111,848 46,569 ------------------ ------------------ Operating expenses: Selling, general and administrative................................................ 52,178 41,423 Research and development........................................................... 8,977 7,609 Resolution of legal dispute (see Note 14).......................................... 1,500 -- Amortization of acquired intangibles............................................... 1,328 2,030 Loss on disposal of fixed assets, net.............................................. 8 69 ------------------ ------------------ Total operating expenses..................................................... 63,991 51,131 ------------------ ------------------ Operating income (loss) ................................................................. 47,857 (4,562) ------------------ ------------------ Other expense (income): Interest expense, net.............................................................. 33,290 35,862 Foreign currency loss (gain)....................................................... 75 (925) Other expense, net................................................................. 1,789 1,229 ------------------ ------------------ Total other expense.......................................................... 35,154 36,166 ------------------ ------------------ Income (loss) before income taxes, equity in loss of investees, minority interest and discontinued operations...................................... 12,703 (40,728) Equity in loss of investees.............................................................. -- (3,628) Minority interest ....................................................................... (358) 149 ------------------ ------------------ Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes............................. 12,345 (44,207) ------------------ ------------------ Provision (benefit) for income taxes..................................................... 1,435 (4,177) ------------------ ------------------ Income (loss) from continuing operations................................................. 10,910 (40,030) ------------------ ------------------ Discontinued operations (see Note 2): Income from wafer fabrication services business, net of tax........................ -- 3,047 Gain on sale of wafer fabrication services business, net of tax.................... -- 51,519 ------------------ ------------------ Income from discontinued operations................................................ -- 54,566 ------------------ ------------------ Net income ............................................................................. $ 10,910 $ 14,536 ================== ================== Per Share Data: Basic and diluted income (loss) per common share from continuing operations........ $ 0.06 $ (0.24) Basic and diluted income per common share from discontinued operations............. -- 0.33 ------------------ ------------------ Net income per common share........................................................ $ 0.06 $ 0.09 ================== ================== Shares used in computing basic income (loss) per common share 174,622 165,156 ================== ================== Shares used in computing diluted income (loss) per common share 180,202 165,156 ================== ================== The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements. 2

AMKOR TECHNOLOGY, INC. CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (IN THOUSANDS) MARCH 31, DECEMBER 31, 2004 2003 ------------------ ------------------ (UNAUDITED) (UNAUDITED) ASSETS Current assets: Cash and cash equivalents.......................................................... $ 345,496 $ 313,259 Accounts receivable: Trade, net of allowance of $5,298 in 2004 and $6,514 in 2003.............. 284,825 310,096 Other ....................................................................... 5,636 4,413 Inventories ....................................................................... 112,406 92,439 Other current assets............................................................... 38,445 49,606 ------------------ ------------------ Total current assets................................................... 786,808 769,813 ------------------ ------------------ Property, plant and equipment, net....................................................... 1,131,503 1,007,648 ------------------ ------------------ Investments ............................................................................. 55,860 51,181 ------------------ ------------------ Other assets: Goodwill ....................................................................... 626,596 629,850 Acquired intangibles............................................................... 39,877 37,730 Other ........................................................................... 74,357 67,601 Assets of discontinued operations (see Note 2)..................................... -- 96 ------------------ ------------------ 740,830 735,277 ------------------ ------------------ Total assets........................................................... $ 2,715,001 $ 2,563,919 ================== ================== LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY Current liabilities: Bank overdraft..................................................................... $ 535 $ 2,690 Short-term borrowings and current portion of long-term debt........................ 22,488 28,665 Trade accounts payable............................................................. 280,401 230,396 Accrued expenses................................................................... 166,810 170,145 ------------------ ------------------ Total current liabilities.............................................. 470,234 431,896 Long-term debt ....................................................................... 1,734,407 1,650,707 Other noncurrent liabilities............................................................. 87,296 78,974 ------------------ ------------------ Total liabilities...................................................... 2,291,937 2,161,577 ------------------ ------------------ Commitments and contingencies Minority interest ....................................................................... 1,564 1,338 ------------------ ------------------ Stockholders' equity: Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 10,000 shares authorized designated Series A, none issued............................................. -- -- Common stock, $0.001 par value, 500,000 shares authorized issued and outstanding of 174,665 in 2004 and 174,508 in 2003................ 175 175 Additional paid-in capital......................................................... 1,319,010 1,317,164 Accumulated deficit................................................................ (920,626) (931,536) Accumulated other comprehensive income............................................. 22,941 15,201 ------------------ ------------------ Total stockholders' equity............................................. 421,500 401,004 ------------------ ------------------ Total liabilities and stockholders' equity............................. $ 2,715,001 $ 2,563,919 ================== ================== The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements. 3

AMKOR TECHNOLOGY, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (UNAUDITED) (IN THOUSANDS) COMMON STOCK RECEIVABLE --------------- PAID-IN ACCUMULATED FROM SHARES AMOUNT CAPITAL DEFICIT STOCKHOLDER ------- ------ ----------- ----------- ----------- Balance at December 31, 2002........... 165,156 $ 166 $ 1,170,227 $ (933,734) $ (2,887) Net income.......................... -- -- -- 14,536 -- Unrealized loss on investments, net of tax....................... -- -- -- -- -- Cumulative translation adjustment... -- -- -- -- -- Comprehensive income................ ------- ------ ----------- ----------- ----------- Balance at March 31, 2003.............. 165,156 $ 166 $ 1,170,227 $ (919,198) $ (2,887) ======= ====== =========== =========== =========== Balance at December 31, 2003........... 174,508 $ 175 $ 1,317,164 $ (931,536) $ -- Net income.......................... -- -- -- 10,910 -- Unrealized gain on investments, net of tax....................... -- -- -- -- -- Cumulative translation adjustment... -- -- -- -- -- Comprehensive income................ Issuance of stock through stock compensation plans............... 157 -- 1,846 -- -- ------- ------ ----------- ----------- ----------- Balance at March 31, 2004.............. 174,665 $ 175 $ 1,319,010 $ (920,626) $ -- ======= ====== =========== =========== =========== ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) TOTAL INCOME ------------- --------- ------------- Balance at December 31, 2002........... $ (2,405) $ 231,367 Net income.......................... -- 14,536 $ 14,536 Unrealized loss on investments, net of tax....................... (4,904) (4,904) (4,904) Cumulative translation adjustment... (188) (188) (188) ------------- Comprehensive income................ $ 9,444 ------------- --------- ============= Balance at March 31, 2003.............. $ (7,497) $ 240,811 ============= ========= Balance at December 31, 2003........... $ 15,201 $ 401,004 Net income.......................... -- 10,910 $ 10,910 Unrealized gain on investments, net of tax....................... 4,679 4,679 4,679 Cumulative translation adjustment... 3,061 3,061 3,061 ------------- Comprehensive income................ $ 18,650 ============= Issuance of stock through stock compensation plans............... -- 1,846 ------------- --------- Balance at March 31, 2004.............. $ 22,941 $ 421,500 ============= ========= The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements. 4

AMKOR TECHNOLOGY, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (IN THOUSANDS) FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, -------------------------- 2004 2003 ------------ ------------ (UNAUDITED) Cash flows from continuing operating activities: Income (loss) from continuing operations......................................................... $ 10,910 $ (40,030) Adjustments to reconcile loss from continuing operations to net cash provided by operating activities -- Depreciation and amortization................................................................. 52,397 57,793 Amortization of deferred debt issuance costs.................................................. 2,390 2,080 Provision for excess and obsolete inventory................................................... 376 869 Deferred income taxes......................................................................... 443 (884) Equity in loss of investees................................................................... -- 3,628 Loss on disposal of fixed assets, net......................................................... 8 69 Other losses on investments, net ............................................................. -- 2,201 Loss on debt redemption premium payment....................................................... 1,687 -- Minority interest............................................................................. 358 (149) Changes in assets and liabilities excluding effects of acquisition -- Accounts receivable........................................................................... 27,176 19,293 Other receivables............................................................................. (1,220) 1,102 Inventories................................................................................... (20,108) 2,811 Other current assets.......................................................................... (6,950) 710 Other non-current assets...................................................................... (3,613) 5,415 Accounts payable.............................................................................. 48,137 (34,331) Accrued expenses.............................................................................. 7,893 6,520 Other long-term liabilities................................................................... 4,345 2,367 ------------ ------------ Net cash provided by operating activities.................................................. 124,229 29,464 ------------ ------------ Cash flows from continuing investing activities: Purchases of property, plant and equipment....................................................... (170,838) (16,571) Acquisition, net of cash acquired................................................................ (12,858) -- Proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment.......................................... 685 514 Proceeds from the sale of investments............................................................ -- 19,541 Purchase of investments.......................................................................... -- (6,777) Proceeds from note receivable.................................................................... 18,627 -- ------------ ------------ Net cash used in investing activities...................................................... (164,384) (3,293) ------------ ------------ Cash flows from continuing financing activities: Net change in bank overdrafts and short-term borrowings.......................................... (7,550) (1,968) Net proceeds from issuance of long-term debt..................................................... 249,007 -- Payments of long-term debt, including redemption premium payment................................. (171,551) (5,899) Proceeds from issuance of stock through stock compensation plans................................. 1,846 -- ------------ ------------ Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities........................................ 71,752 (7,867) ------------ ------------ Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash and cash equivalents related to continuing operations.. 544 (207) ------------ ------------ Cash flows from discontinued operations: Net cash provided by operating activities........................................................ 96 19,727 Net cash provided by investing activities........................................................ -- 2,412 Net cash used in financing activities............................................................ -- -- ------------ ------------ Net cash provided by discontinued operations............................................... 96 22,139 ------------ ------------ Net increase in cash and cash equivalents........................................................... 32,237 40,236 Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period...................................................... 313,259 311,249 ------------ ------------ Cash and cash equivalents, end of period............................................................ $ 345,496 $ 351,485 ============ ============ Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information: Cash paid during the period for: Interest...................................................................................... $ 27,519 $ 31,390 Income taxes.................................................................................. $ 11,781 $ 4,028 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements. 5

AMKOR TECHNOLOGY, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 1. INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Basis of Presentation. The consolidated financial statements and related disclosures as of March 31, 2004 and for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2003 are unaudited, pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles have been condensed or omitted pursuant to such rules and regulations. In our opinion, these financial statements include all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) necessary for the fair presentation of the results for the interim periods. These financial statements should be read in conjunction with our latest annual report as of December 31, 2003 filed on Form 10-K with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2004 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year. Certain previously reported amounts have been reclassified to conform with the current presentation. Risks and Uncertainties. Our future results of operations involve a number of risks and uncertainties. Factors that could affect future results and cause actual results to vary materially from historical results include, but are not limited to, dependence on the highly cyclical nature of the semiconductor industry, fluctuation in operating results, the decline in average selling prices, our high leverage and the restrictive covenants contained in the agreements governing our indebtedness, our investment in ASI, the absence of significant backlog in our business, our dependence on international operations and sales, difficulties integrating acquisitions, our dependence on materials and equipment suppliers, capital expenditure requirements, the increased litigation incident to our business, rapid technological change, competition, our need to comply with existing and future environmental regulations, the enforcement of intellectual property rights by or against us, continued control by existing stockholders and stock price volatility. Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities. We have variable interests in certain Philippine realty corporations in which we have a 40% ownership and from whom we lease land and buildings in the Philippines. Beginning July 1, 2003, in accordance with FIN 46, we consolidated these Philippine realty corporations within our financial statements and have elected not to restate prior periods. There was no net effect to our consolidated statements of income as a result of the consolidation of the Philippine realty corporations as these entities were previously accounted for as equity investments with our proportionate share of gains and losses recorded in our historical consolidated statements of income. The creditors of the Philippine realty corporations have no recourse to the general credit of Amkor Technology, Inc., the primary beneficiary of these variable interest entities. Recent Accounting Pronouncements. In December 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 132 (revised 2003), "Employers' Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits." This statement requires additional disclosures about the assets, obligations, cash flows, and net periodic benefit cost of defined benefit pension plans and other postretirement plans. The statement does not change the measurement or recognition of pension plans and other postretirement benefit plans. For our plans, the new disclosures were effective for interim periods ending after December 15, 2003. The adoption of SFAS No. 132 (revised 2003) did not have a material effect on our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. Stock Compensation. We apply Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees," and related Interpretations, to our stock option plans. No compensation expense has been recognized for our employee stock options that have been granted. If compensation costs for our stock option plans had been determined using the fair value method of accounting as set forth in SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation," our reported net income and per share amounts would have been decreased. The following table illustrates the effect on net income and per share amounts as if the fair value based method had been applied to all outstanding and unvested awards in each period. 6

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, ------------------------------------- 2004 2003 ------------------ ---------------- (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA) Net income: Net income, as reported...................................................... $ 10,910 $ 14,536 Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation determined under fair value based method, net of related tax effects................. 7,757 7,259 ------------------ ---------------- Net income, pro forma........................................................... $ 3,153 $ 7,277 ================== ================ Earnings per share: Basic and diluted: As reported............................................................ $ 0.06 $ 0.09 Pro forma.............................................................. $ 0.02 $ 0.04 In order to calculate the fair value of stock options at date of grant, we used the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The following assumptions were used to calculate weighted average fair values of the options granted: FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, -------------------------- 2004 2003 ------------- ----------- Expected life (in years)........................................................ 4 4 Risk-free interest rate......................................................... 2.5% 2.4% Volatility...................................................................... 56% 90% Dividend yield.................................................................. -- -- 2. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS On February 28, 2003, we sold our wafer fabrication services business to ASI. Additionally, we obtained a release from Texas Instruments regarding our contractual obligations with respect to wafer fabrication services to be performed subsequent to the transfer of the business to ASI. Beginning with the first quarter of 2003, we reflect our wafer fabrication services segment as a discontinued operation and have restated our historical results. In connection with the disposition of our wafer fabrication business, we recorded, during the three months ended March 31, 2003, $1.0 million in severance and other exit costs to close our wafer fabrication services operations in Boise, Idaho and Lyon, France. Also, during the three months ended March 31, 2003 we recognized a pre-tax gain on the disposition of our wafer fabrication services business of $58.6 million ($51.5 million, net of tax), which is reflected in income from discontinued operations. The carrying value of the sold net assets associated with the business as of February 28, 2003 was $2.4 million. Assets of our discontinued operations at December 31, 2003 included $0.1 million of accounts receivable. A summary of the results from discontinued operations for the three months ended March 31, 2003 are as follows: FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2003 -------------------------- (IN THOUSANDS) Net sales......................................................................... $ 34,636 Gross profit...................................................................... 3,451 Operating income.................................................................. 3,455 Gain on sale of wafer fabrication services business............................... 58,600 Interest ......................................................................... -- Other (income) expense............................................................ (11) Tax expense ($7.1 million associated with gain on sale of the business in 2003)... 7,500 Net income from discontinued operations........................................... 54,566 3. ACQUISITION OF MINORITY INTEREST IN AMKOR IWATE CORPORATION In January 2004 we acquired the remaining 40% ownership interest in Amkor Iwate Corporation ("AIC") from Toshiba for 1.4 billion Japanese yen, or $12.9 million based on the exchange rate on the date of payment, bringing our total ownership 7

percentage to 100%. AIC provides packaging and test services principally to Toshiba's Iwate factory under a long-term supply agreement, which terminates in January 2006. The difference between the purchase price of $12.9 million and the carrying value of the minority interest liability of $11.9 million was recorded as an adjustment to the carrying values of the assets and liabilities of AIC. This step acquisition adjustment was recorded based on the proportion of the minority interest acquired as follows: (IN MILLIONS) Reduction of minority interest liability........................................ $ 11.9 Property, plant and equipment .................................................. 2.4 Acquired intangible assets...................................................... 3.3 Adjustment to previously existing goodwill...................................... (4.1) Deferred tax liability.......................................................... (0.6) ------------- Cash paid for minority interest acquisition..................................... $ 12.9 ============= For the three months ended March 31, 2003, we recorded AIC minority interest expense of $0.8 million associated with Toshiba's then existing ownership interest. The results of our acquisition have been included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements since the acquisition date. 4. OUR INVESTMENT IN ANAM SEMICONDUCTOR, INC. (ASI) At January 1, 2003, we owned 26.7 million shares, or 21%, of ASI voting common stock. The carrying value of our investment in ASI at January 1, 2003 was $77.5 million, or $2.90 per share. On March 24, 2003 we sold 7 million shares of ASI common stock. Beginning on this date we ceased accounting for our investment in ASI under the equity method of accounting and commenced accounting for our investment as an available for sale marketable security. Including this transaction, we have completed the following transactions to continue the liquidation of our investment in ASI during 2003 and 2004: - - On March 24, 2003, we consummated a series of transactions proposed by a financial institution. We irrevocably sold a block of 7 million shares of ASI common stock to the financial institution for approximately $19.5 million, or $2.81 per share. We also entered into a nondeliverable call option with the financial institution for $6.8 million, the fair value of the option at that date plus the transaction costs. In May 2003, we exercised the nondeliverable call option realizing $5.6 million of cash proceeds. Accordingly, during 2003 we recorded a loss of $1.2 million related to this nondeliverable call option. - - On September 17, 2003, we sold an additional 5 million shares of ASI common stock to the same financial institution for approximately $18.5 million, or $3.69 per share, and recorded an associated gain of $4.7 million. We also entered into a nondeliverable call option with the financial institution for $6.5 million, the fair value of the option at that date plus the transaction costs. In December 2003, we exercised the nondeliverable call option realizing $2.0 million of cash proceeds. Accordingly, during 2003 we recorded a loss of $4.5 million related to this nondeliverable call option. As a result of these transactions, we owned 14.7 million shares of ASI, or 12% of ASI's voting stock, at March 31, 2004. The carrying value of our remaining investment in ASI at March 31, 2004, including an unrealized gain of $4.7, was $55.1 million, or $3.74 per share. - - In April 2004, we sold 10.1 million shares of ASI common stock for approximately $49.7 million, or $4.91 per share, based on the spot exchange rate as of the transaction dates, reducing our ownership to approximately 4%. The pre-tax gain related to this transaction is $21.6 million and will be recorded as other expense (income) during the second quarter of 2004. 5. INVENTORIES Inventories, net of reserves for excess and obsolete inventory of $17.0 million and $18.7 million at March 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003, respectively, consist of raw materials and purchased components that are used in the semiconductor packaging process. 8

MARCH 31, DECEMBER 31, 2004 2003 --------- ------------ (IN THOUSANDS) Raw materials and purchased components.......................................... $ 92,361 $ 77,775 Work-in-process................................................................. 20,045 14,664 --------- ------------ $ 112,406 $ 92,439 ========= ============ 6. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT Property, plant and equipment consist of the following: MARCH 31, DECEMBER 31, 2004 2003 --------------- -------------- (IN THOUSANDS) Land .......................................................................... $ 109,248 $ 103,610 Buildings and improvements...................................................... 578,241 556,106 Machinery and equipment......................................................... 1,757,455 1,640,471 Furniture, fixtures and other equipment......................................... 165,312 155,719 Construction in progress........................................................ 4,150 2,355 --------------- -------------- 2,614,406 2,458,261 Less -- Accumulated depreciation and amortization............................... (1,482,903) (1,450,613) --------------- -------------- $ 1,131,503 $ 1,007,648 =============== ============== 7. ACQUIRED INTANGIBLES Acquired intangibles consist of the following: MARCH 31, DECEMBER 31, 2004 2003 -------------- -------------- (IN THOUSANDS) Patents and technology rights................................................... $ 66,323 $ 62,899 Less -- Accumulated amortization................................................ (26,446) (25,169) -------------- -------------- $ 39,877 $ 37,730 ============== ============== Amortization expense was $1.3 million and $2.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The estimated annual amortization expense for 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 and 2008 is $8.3 million, $7.1 million, $6.9 million, $6.9 million and $6.4 million, respectively. The weighted average amortization period for the patents and technology rights is 8 years. 8. INVESTMENTS Investments include equity investments in affiliated companies and noncurrent marketable securities as follows: MARCH 31, DECEMBER 31, 2004 2003 ------------------ ------------------ (IN THOUSANDS) Marketable securities classified as available for sale: ASI (ownership of 12% at March 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003) (see Note 4)....................................... $ 55,059 $ 50,397 Other marketable securities classified as available for sale................. 694 677 ------------------ ------------------ Total marketable securities............................................... 55,753 51,074 Equity investments.............................................................. 107 107 ------------------ ------------------ $ 55,860 $ 51,181 ================== ================== 9. ACCRUED EXPENSES Accrued expenses consist of the following: 9

MARCH 31, DECEMBER 31, 2004 2003 -------------- ------------ (IN THOUSANDS) Accrued income taxes............................................................ $ 30,563 $ 39,779 Accrued interest................................................................ 32,253 34,681 Accrued payroll................................................................. 24,871 27,238 Other accrued expenses.......................................................... 79,123 68,447 -------------- ------------ $ 166,810 $ 170,145 ============== ============ 10. RESTRUCTURING RESERVES During 2002, we recorded $28.6 million of charges related to the consolidation of our worldwide facilities to increase operational efficiency and reduce costs. The charges were comprised of $20.8 million to write-off leasehold improvements and other long-lived assets and $7.8 million for lease termination and other exit costs. Of the total $28.6 million restructuring charges recorded in 2002, $1.9 million and $2.2 million remained outstanding as of March 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003, respectively, and is reflected in accrued expenses and other noncurrent liabilities. The outstanding liability is principally future lease payments of which $0.7 million is expected be paid during the remainder of 2004. The remaining lease payments are expected to be paid through 2007 unless the leases can be terminated earlier. During the three months ended 2004, the restructuring reserve was reduced by $0.3 million for cash expenditures. 11. DEBT Following is a summary of short-term borrowings and long-term debt: MARCH 31, DECEMBER 31, 2004 2003 ------------ ------------ (IN THOUSANDS) Senior secured credit facilities: Term loan, LIBOR plus 4% due January 2006...................................... $ -- $ 168,725 $30.0 million revolving line of credit, LIBOR plus 4.25% due October 2005...... -- -- 9.25% Senior notes due February 2008................................................ 470,500 470,500 7.75% Senior notes due May 2013..................................................... 425,000 425,000 7.125% Senior notes due March 2011, net of unamortized discount of $1.7 million..... 248,315 -- 10.5% Senior subordinated notes due May 2009........................................ 200,000 200,000 5.75% Convertible subordinated notes due June 2006, convertible at $35.00 per share.................................................. 233,000 233,000 5% Convertible subordinated notes due March 2007, convertible at $57.34 per share.................................................. 146,422 146,422 Other debt.......................................................................... 33,658 35,725 ------------ ------------ 1,756,895 1,679,372 Less -- Short-term borrowings and current portion of long-term debt (22,488) (28,665) ------------ ------------ $ 1,734,407 $ 1,650,707 ============ ============ In March 2004, we sold $250.0 million of 7.125% senior notes due March 2011. The notes were priced at 99.321% of the $250.0 million face value, yielding an effective interest rate of 7.25%. We sold these notes to qualified institutional investors, used the net proceeds of the issuance to satisfy in full our outstanding term loan due 2006 of $168.7 million and used the remainder of the proceeds for general corporate purposes, including working capital and capital expenditures. The notes have a coupon rate of 7.125 % annually and interest payments are due semi-annually. In connection with the satisfaction of the term loan, we recorded charges during the first quarter of 2004 of $1.7 million for the associated premiums paid and $1.0 million for the associated unamortized deferred debt issuance costs. In connection with the offering of these notes, we entered into a registration rights agreement with the purchasers. The registration rights agreement will entitle the purchasers, within 210 days from the original issuance, to exchange their notes for registered notes with substantially identical terms as the original notes. Other debt as of March 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003 includes our foreign debt principally related to our operations in Japan and Taiwan. Our foreign debt includes fixed and variable debt maturing between 2004 and 2010, with the substantial 10

majority maturing in 2004. As of March 31, 2004, the foreign debt has interest rates ranging from 1.0% to 4.35%. These debt instruments do not include significant financial covenants. Interest expense related to short-term borrowings and long term debt is presented net of interest income of $0.7 million and $1.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively, in the accompanying consolidated statements of income. 12. PENSION AND SEVERANCE PLANS Our Philippine and Taiwan subsidiaries sponsor defined benefit plans that cover substantially all of their respective employees who are not covered by statutory plans. Charges to expense are based upon costs computed by independent actuaries. The components of net periodic pension cost for the Philippine defined benefit plan are as follows: FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, -------------------------- 2004 2003 ------------ ----------- (IN THOUSANDS) Service cost of current period.................................................. $ 552 $ 602 Interest cost on projected benefit obligation................................... 391 362 Expected return on plan assets.................................................. (15) (60) Amortization of transition obligation........................................... 15 15 Gain............................................................................ (206) (118) ------------ ----------- Total pension expense.............................................. $ 737 $ 801 ============ =========== For the three months ended March 31, 2004, nothing was contributed to fund the Philippine pension plan. We presently anticipate contributing $3.2 million in 2004 to fund the Philippine pension plan. The components of net periodic pension cost for the Taiwan defined benefit plan are as follows: FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, -------------------------- 2004 2003 ------------ ----------- (IN THOUSANDS) Service cost of current period.................................................. $ 873 $ 710 Interest cost on projected benefit obligation................................... 82 78 Expected return on plan assets.................................................. (82) (81) Amortization of transition obligation........................................... 2 2 Loss............................................................................ 7 20 ------------ ----------- Total pension expense.............................................. $ 882 $ 729 ============ =========== For the three months ended March 31, 2004, $0.1 million was contributed to fund the Taiwan pension plan. We presently anticipate contributing an additional $0.8 million, for an estimated total of $0.9 million in 2004, to fund the Taiwan pension plan. Our Korean subsidiary participates in an accrued severance plan that covers employees and directors with one year or more of service. Eligible plan participants are entitled to receive a lump-sum payment upon termination of their employment, based on their length of service and rate of pay at the time of termination. Accrued severance benefits are estimated assuming all eligible employees were to terminate their employment at the balance sheet date. The contributions to the national pension fund made under the National Pension Plan of the Republic of Korea are deducted from accrued severance benefit liabilities. For the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2003, the provision (benefit) recorded for severance benefits was $4.3 and ($1.5), respectively. The balance recorded in long-term liabilities for accrued severance was $69.6 and $65.3 at March 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003, respectively. 13. EARNINGS PER SHARE 11

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 128, "Earnings Per Share," requires dual presentation of basic and diluted earnings per share on the face of the income statement. Basic EPS is computed using only the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period, while diluted EPS is computed assuming conversion of all dilutive securities, such as options, convertible debt and warrants. For the three months ended March 31, 2004, we included approximately 5.6 million shares of common stock equivalents for outstanding stock options in the computation of diluted earnings per share. For the three months ended March 31, 2004, potentially dilutive securities related to our convertible notes and warrants of 9.2 million and 3.9 million, respectively, were antidilutive and therefore excluded from the diluted earnings per share calculation. The warrants expire during May 2004. For the three months ended March 31, 2003, we excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share potentially dilutive securities which would have an antidilutive effect on EPS due. As of March 31, 2003, the total number of potentially dilutive securities outstanding was 6.1 million, 11.7 million and 3.9 million for outstanding options, convertible notes and warrants for common stock, respectively. 14. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES In April 2002, we acquired the semiconductor packaging business of Citizen Watch Co., Ltd ("Citizen"). In connection with this acquisition, we were required to make certain additional payments one year from the closing. Pending the resolution of a controversy relating to patents acquired from Citizen, we are withholding payment of 1.4 billion yen ($13.3 million based on the spot exchange rate at March 31, 2004). INDEMNIFICATIONS AND GUARANTEES We have indemnified members of our board of directors and our corporate officers against any threatened, pending or completed action or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the company. The indemnities are indemnified, to the fullest extent permitted by law, against related expenses, judgments, fines and any amounts paid in settlement. We also maintain Directors and Officers insurance coverage in order to mitigate our exposure to these indemnification obligations. The maximum amount of future payments is generally unlimited. Due to the nature of this indemnification, it is not possible to make a reasonable estimate of the maximum potential loss or range of loss. No assets are held as collateral and no specific recourse provisions exist related to this indemnification. Associated with our sale of ASI common stock to Dongbu Group ("Dongbu") during 2002, we and Dongbu agreed to use our best efforts to provide releases and indemnifications to the chairman, directors and officers of ASI, either past or incumbent, from any and all liabilities arising out of the performance of their duties at ASI between January 1, 1995 and December 31, 2001. The last provision would provide a release and indemnification for James Kim, our CEO and Chairman, and members of his family. We are not aware of any claims or other liabilities which these individuals would be released from or for which they would receive indemnification. The maximum amount of future payments is generally unlimited. Due to the nature of this indemnification, it is not possible to make a reasonable estimate of the maximum potential loss or range of loss. No assets are held as collateral and no specific recourse provisions exist related to this indemnification. As of March 31, 2004, we have outstanding $1.6 million of standby letters of credit. Such standby letters of credit are used in our ordinary course of business and are collateralized by our cash balances. We generally provide a standard ninety-day warranty on our services. Our warranty activity has historically been immaterial and is expected to continue to be immaterial in the foreseeable future. LITIGATION We are currently a party to various legal proceedings, including those noted below. While we currently believe that the ultimate outcome of these proceedings, individually and in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position or overall trends in results of operations, litigation is subject to inherent uncertainties. If an unfavorable ruling were to occur, there exists the possibility of a material adverse impact on our net income in the period in which the ruling occurs. The estimate of the potential impact from the following legal proceedings on our financial position or overall results of operations could change in the future. EPOXY MOLD COMPOUND LITIGATION We have become party to an increased number of litigation matters relative to our historic levels. Much of our recent 12

increase in litigation relates to an allegedly defective epoxy mold compound, formerly used in some of our products, which is alleged to be responsible for certain semiconductor chip failures. In the case of each of these matters, we believe we have meritorious defenses, as well as valid third-party claims against Sumitomo Bakelite Co., Ltd. ("Sumitomo Bakelite"), the manufacturer of the challenged epoxy product, should the epoxy mold compound be found to be defective. We cannot be certain, however, that we will be able to recover any amount from Sumitomo Bakelite if we are held liable in these matters, or that any adverse result would not have a material impact upon us. Moreover, other customers of ours have made inquiries about the epoxy mold compound, which was widely used in the semiconductor industry, and no assurance can be given that claims similar to those already asserted will not be made against us by other customers in the future. Fujitsu Limited v. Cirrus Logic, Inc., et al. On April 16, 2002, we were served with a third-party complaint in an action entitled Fujitsu Limited v. Cirrus Logic, Inc., No. 02-CV-01627 JW, pending in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California, San Jose Division. In this action, Fujitsu Limited ("Fujitsu") alleges that semiconductor devices it purchased from Cirrus Logic, Inc. ("Cirrus Logic") are defective in that a certain epoxy mold compound used in the manufacture of the chip causes a short circuit which renders Fujitsu disk drive products inoperable. Cirrus Logic, in response, denied the allegations of the complaint, counterclaimed against Fujitsu for unpaid invoices, and filed its third-party complaint against us alleging that any liability for chip defects should be assigned to us because we assembled the subject semiconductor devices. Upon receipt of Cirrus Logic's third-party complaint, we filed an answer denying all liability, and our own third-party complaint against Sumitomo Bakelite. Sumitomo Bakelite filed an answer denying liability. In June 2003, Fujitsu amended its complaint and added direct claims against us. In response, we filed an answer denying all liability to Fujitsu. The parties engaged in discovery activities. Fujitsu has indicated that it may seek damages in excess of $100 million. In November 2003, Fujitsu filed an action against Cirrus Logic, Sumitomo Bakelite and us entitled Fujitsu Limited v. Cirrus Logic, Inc., et al., Case No. 1-03-CV-009885, in the California Superior Court for the County of Santa Clara, based on facts and allegations substantially similar to those asserted in the Northern District Court of California. In December 2003, Cirrus Logic filed a cross-complaint against Sumitomo Bakelite and us in the Superior Court case, also based on facts and allegations substantially similar to those asserted in the Northern District Court case. By stipulation among the parties, the Court has granted a stay of the action pending in the Northern District Court of California in favor of the action pending in the Santa Clara Superior Court, where discovery is ongoing and a trial is scheduled to begin on January 31, 2005. On March 29, 2004, we filed a motion to dismiss Fujitsu's amended complaint in the Superior Court. On April 2, 2004, we also filed a motion to dismiss Cirrus Logic's cross-complaint. The hearing on our motions to dismiss is scheduled to take place on May 4, 2004. If necessary, we intend to deny all liability, to file cross-claims against Sumitomo Bakelite, and to seek judgment in our favor in due course. Seagate Technology LLC v. Atmel Corporation, et al. In March 2003, we were served with a cross-complaint in an action between Seagate Technology LLC and Seagate Technology International ("Seagate") and Atmel Corporation and Atmel Sarl ("Atmel") in the Superior Court of California, Santa Clara County, Case No. 1-02-CV809883. Atmel's cross-complaint seeks indemnification from us for any damages incurred from the claims by Seagate involving the allegedly defective epoxy mold compound manufactured by Sumitomo Bakelite. We answered Atmel's cross-complaint, denying all liability, and filed a cross-complaint against Sumitomo Bakelite. Atmel later amended its cross-complaint, including adding ChipPAC Inc. ("ChipPAC") as a cross-defendant. ChipPAC filed a cross-complaint against Sumitomo Bakelite and us. On January 27, 2004, the Superior Court sustained Sumitomo Bakelite's motion to dismiss Atmel's amended cross-complaint, granting Atmel 30 days to file an amended pleading. Atmel filed its Second Amended Cross-Complaint on or about March 12, 2004. On April 13, 2004, we filed an answer denying all liability to Atmel. We filed a motion to dismiss ChipPAC's cross-complaint on February 13, 2004; ChipPAC has indicated its intent to file an amended cross-complaint by April 27, 2004. If appropriate, we may seek to dismiss ChipPAC's amended pleading, and otherwise intend to deny all liability to ChipPAC. All parties are currently conducting discovery and no trial date has been set. Maxtor Corporation v. Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V., et al. In April 2003, we were served with a cross-complaint in an action between Maxtor Corporation ("Maxtor") and Koninklijke Philips Electronics ("Philips"), in the Superior Court of California, Santa Clara County, Case No. 1-02-CV-808650. Philips' cross-complaint sought indemnification from us for any damages incurred from the claims by Maxtor involving the allegedly defective epoxy mold compound manufactured by Sumitomo Bakelite. Philips subsequently filed a cross-complaint directly against Sumitomo Bakelite, alleging, among other things, that Sumitomo Bakelite breached its contractual obligations to both us and Philips by supplying a defective mold compound resulting in the failure of certain Philips semiconductor devices. We 13

denied all liability in this matter and also asserted a cross-complaint against Sumitomo Bakelite. Sumitomo Bakelite has denied any liability. The parties completed fact discovery and most expert discovery. Maxtor and Philips reached a settlement of Maxtor's claims against Philips on or about April 28, 2004. Philips and Amkor reached resolution on Philips' claims against us on April 29, 2004, pursuant to which we agreed to pay Philips $1.5 million within 15 days plus a contingent amount ranging between $0.0 and $2.0 million based on the resolution of Philips' claims against Sumitomo Bakelite. For the three months ended March 31, 2004, we recorded a charge of $1.5 million in Resolution of Legal Dispute in our consolidated statement of income associated with this resolution. The trial of Philips' claims against Sumitomo Bakelite is scheduled to start on August 2, 2004. Maxim Integrated Products, Inc. v. Amkor Technology, Inc., et al. In August 2003, we were served with a complaint filed by Maxim Integrated Products, Inc. ("Maxim") against us, Sumitomo Bakelite and Sumitomo Plastics America, Inc. ("Sumitomo Plastics") in the Superior Court of California, Santa Clara County, Case No. 1-03-CV-001310. The complaint seeks damages related to our use of Sumitomo Bakelite's epoxy mold compound in assembling Maxim's semiconductor packages. Both the Sumitomo defendants and we filed motions to dismiss Maxim's complaint in September 2003. In lieu of contesting those motions to dismiss, Maxim filed an amended pleading on or about April 26, 2004. We intend to file a motion to dismiss Maxim's amended complaint, to deny all liability to Maxim and to file cross-claims against Sumitomo Bakelite. Discovery has not commenced and there is no trial date set. Fairchild Semiconductor Corporation v. Sumitomo Bakelite Singapore Pte. Ltd., et al. In September 2003, we were served with an amended complaint filed by Fairchild Semiconductor Corporation ("Fairchild") against us, Sumitomo Bakelite, Sumitomo Plastics and Sumitomo Bakelite Singapore Pte. Ltd. in the Superior Court of California, Santa Clara County, Case No. 1-02-CV-810034. The amended complaint seeks damages related to our use of Sumitomo Bakelite's epoxy mold compound in assembling Fairchild's semiconductor packages. Both the Sumitomo defendants and we filed motions to dismiss Fairchild's amended complaint in October 2003. Fairchild filed a second amended complaint in January 2004. On February 11, 2004, we filed a motion to dismiss Fairchild's second amended complaint. The Superior Court granted our motion to dismiss on March 16, 2004, giving Fairchild thirty days to file a further amended pleading. Fairchild filed a third amended complaint on or about April 15, 2004. We intend to file a motion to dismiss Fairchild's third amended pleading. We otherwise intend to deny all liability and to file cross-claims against Sumitomo Bakelite. Discovery is ongoing and no trial date has been scheduled. OTHER LITIGATION Amkor Technology, Inc. v. Motorola, Inc. On August 16, 2002, we filed a complaint against Motorola, Inc. in an action captioned Amkor Technology, Inc. v. Motorola, Inc., C.A. No. 02C-08-160 CHT, pending in the Superior Court of the State of Delaware in and for New Castle County. In this action, we were seeking declaratory judgment relating to a controversy between us and Motorola concerning: (i) the assignment by Citizen Watch Co., Ltd. ("Citizen") to us of a Patent License Agreement dated January 25, 1996 between Motorola and Citizen (the "License Agreement") and concurrent assignment by Citizen to us of Citizen's interest in U.S. Patents 5,241,133 and 5,216,278 (the "'133 and '278 patents"); and (ii) our obligation to make certain payments pursuant to an immunity agreement (the "Immunity Agreement") dated June 30, 1993 between us and Motorola. We and Motorola resolved the controversy with respect to all issues relating to the Immunity Agreement, and all claims and counterclaims filed by the parties in the case relating to the Immunity Agreement were dismissed or otherwise disposed of without further litigation. The claims relating to the License Agreement and the '133 and '278 Patents remained pending. We and Motorola both filed motions for summary judgment on the remaining claims, and oral arguments were heard on September 3, 2003. On October 6, 2003, the Superior Court of Delaware ruled in favor of us and issued an Opinion and Order granting our motion for summary judgment and denying Motorola's motion for summary judgment. On October 22, 2003, Motorola filed an appeal in Supreme Court of Delaware. The appeal was argued on March 9, 2004, and we are awaiting the Court's decision. We believe we will prevail on the same merits in such appeal. In addition, should Motorola prevail at the appellate level, we believe we have recourse against Citizen. However, no assurance can be given that an adverse outcome in the case cannot occur, or that any adverse outcome would not have a material impact. 14

Alcatel Business Systems vs. Amkor Technology, Inc., Anam Semiconductor, Inc. On November 5, 1999, we agreed to sell certain semiconductor parts to Alcatel Microelectronics, N.V. ("AME"), a subsidiary of Alcatel S.A. The parts were manufactured for us by Anam Semiconductor, Inc. ("ASI"). AME transferred the parts to another Alcatel subsidiary, Alcatel Business Systems ("ABS"), which incorporated the parts into cellular phone products. In early 2001, a dispute arose as to whether the parts sold by us were defective. On March 18, 2002, ABS and its insurer filed suit against us and ASI in the Paris Commercial Court of France, claiming damages of 50 million Euros (approximately $60.9 million based on the spot exchange rate at March 31, 2004). We have denied all liability and intend to vigorously defend ourselves. Additionally, we have entered into a written agreement with ASI whereby ASI has agreed to indemnify us fully against any and all loss related to the claims of AME, ABS and ABS' insurer. The Paris Commercial Court commenced a special proceeding before a technical expert to report on the facts of the dispute. The report of the court-appointed expert was put forth on December 31, 2003. The report does not specifically allocate liability to any particular party. A hearing was held on April 28, 2004, and a ruling is expected within 30 days of this date. In response to the lawsuit, on May 22, 2002, we filed a petition to compel arbitration in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania (the "Court") against ABS, AME and ABS' insurer, claiming that the dispute is subject to the arbitration clause of the November 5, 1999 agreement between us and AME. ABS and ABS' insurer have refused to arbitrate. In August 2003, the Court denied the motion of ABS and its insurer to dismiss our petition for arbitration. The Court also subsequently denied a motion for reconsideration filed by ABS. The Court has not yet set a date for final disposition of our petition. Amkor Technology, Inc. v. Carsem (M) Sdn Bhd, Carsem Semiconductor Sdn Bhd, and Carsem Inc. In November 2003, we filed complaints against Carsem (M) Sdn Bhd, Carsem Semiconductor Sdn Bhd, and Carsem Inc. (collectively "Carsem") with the International Trade Commission ("ITC") in Washington, D.C. and subsequently in the Northern District of California. The complaints allege infringement of our United States Patent Nos. 6,433,277, 6,455,356, and 6,630,728 (collectively the "Amkor Patents"). We allege that by making, using, selling, offering for sale, or importing into the U.S. the Carsem Dual and Quad Flat No-Lead Package, Carsem has infringed on one or more of our MicroLeadFrame(R) packaging technology claims in the Amkor Patents. The District Court action has been stayed pending resolution of the ITC case. The ITC action is scheduled for trial in July 2004. 15

ITEM 2. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS The following discussion contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws, including but not limited to statements regarding: (1) the condition and growth of the industry in which we operate, including trends toward increased outsourcing, reductions in inventory and demand and selling prices for our services, (2) our anticipated capital expenditures and financing needs, (3) our belief as to our future capacity utilization rates, revenue, gross margins and operating performance and (4) other statements that are not historical facts. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as "may," "will," "should," "expects," "plans," "anticipates," "believes," "estimates," "predicts," "potential," "continue," or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. Because such statements include risks and uncertainties, actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in such forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including those set forth in the following discussion as well as in "Risk Factors that May Affect Future Operating Performance." The following discussion provides information and analysis of our results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and our liquidity and capital resources. You should read the following discussion in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes, included elsewhere in this quarterly report as well as other reports we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission. COMPANY OVERVIEW Amkor is one of the world's largest subcontractor of semiconductor packaging and test services. The company has built a leading position by: - Providing a broad portfolio of packaging and test technologies and services; - Maintaining a leading role in the design and development of new package and test technologies; - Cultivating long-standing relationships with customers, including many of the world's leading semiconductor companies; - Developing expertise in high-volume manufacturing; and - Diversifying our operational scope by establishing production capabilities in China, Japan and Taiwan, in addition to long-standing capabilities in Korea and the Philippines. The semiconductors that we package and test for our customers ultimately become components in electronic systems used in communications, computing, consumer, industrial, automotive and military applications. Our customers include, among others, Agilent Technologies, Atmel Corporation, Conexant Systems, Inc., Infineon Technologies AG, Intel Corporation, Philips Electronics N.V., Samsung Electronics Corporation LTD, ST Microelectronics PTE, Texas Instruments Inc. and Toshiba Corporation. The outsourced semiconductor packaging and test market is very competitive. We also compete with the internal semiconductor packaging and test capabilities of many of our customers, some of whom can use us as a source of overflow capacity. Packaging and test are an integral part of the semiconductor manufacturing process. Semiconductor manufacturing begins with silicon wafers and involves the fabrication of electronic circuitry into complex patterns, thus creating individual chips on the wafers. The packaging process creates an electrical interconnect between the semiconductor chip and the system board. In packaging, the fabricated semiconductor wafers are cut into individual chips which are then attached to a substrate and encased in a protective material to provide optimal electrical and thermal performance. Increasingly, packages are custom designed for specific chips and specific end-market applications. The packaged chips are then tested using sophisticated equipment to ensure that each packaged chip meets its design specifications. We historically marketed the output of fabricated semiconductor wafers provided by a wafer fabrication foundry owned and operated by Anam Semiconductor, Inc. ("ASI"). On February 28, 2003, we sold our wafer fabrication services business to ASI. We reflect our wafer fabrication services segment as a discontinued operation and have restated our historical results. 16

OUR EXPECTATIONS REGARDING FUTURE BUSINESS CONDITIONS Our business is tied to market conditions in the semiconductor industry, which is highly cyclical. Based on industry estimates, from 1981 through 2003, there were 12 years when semiconductor industry growth, measured by revenue dollars, was 10% or less and 11 years when growth was 16% or greater. Since 1981, the semiconductor industry declined in 1985, 1996, 1998 and 2001. The semiconductor industry declined an unprecedented 32% in 2001, experienced a 1% growth in 2002 as compared to 2001, and experienced 17% growth in 2003 as compared to 2002. The historical trends in the semiconductor industry are not necessarily indicative of the results of any future period. Semiconductor industry analysts are forecasting further growth in the semiconductor industry for 2004. 2004 is projected to increase by more than 20% over 2003. The strength of the semiconductor industry is dependent primarily upon the strength of the computer and communications systems markets as well as the strength of the worldwide economy. In addition to the historical trend in the semiconductor industry as a whole, the trend towards increased outsourcing of packaging and test services in the semiconductor industry has been a primary factor for our historical growth in revenues. We expect this trend to continue into the foreseeable future as we believe technological advances are driving our customers to outsource more of their packaging requirements. We currently expect packaging and test revenue for the second quarter of 2004 to be around 5% to 8% higher than packaging and test revenues for the first quarter of 2004. We expect that second quarter of 2004 gross margin will be around 24%. Our profitability is dependent upon the utilization of our capacity, semiconductor package mix and the average selling price of our services. Because a substantial portion of our costs at our factories is fixed, relatively insignificant increases or decreases in capacity utilization rates can have a significant effect on our profitability. Prices for packaging and test services have declined over time. Historically, we have been able to partially offset the effect of price declines by successfully developing and marketing new packages with higher prices, such as advanced leadframe and laminate packages, by negotiating lower prices with our material vendors, and by driving engineering and technological changes in our packaging and test processes which resulted in reduced manufacturing costs. We expect that average selling prices for our packaging and test services will continue to decline in the future. If our semiconductor package mix does not shift to new technologies with higher prices or we cannot reduce the cost of our packaging and test services to offset a decline in average selling prices, our future operating results will suffer. Supply shortages for critical components may occur in the future and in such an event, component prices could increase, and gross margin could be negatively impacted. In addition, the average price of gold has been increasing over the past few years. Although we have been able to partially offset the effect of gold price increases through price adjustments to customers and changes in our product designs, gold prices may continue to increase. To the extent that we are unable to offset these increases in the future, our gross margins could be negatively impacted. RESULTS OF CONTINUING OPERATIONS The following table sets forth certain continuing operating data as a percentage of net revenues for the periods indicated: FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, -------------------------- 2004 2003 ----------- ------------ (UNAUDITED) Net revenues.................................................................... 100.0% 100.0% Gross profit ................................................................... 24.1 13.6 Operating income (loss)......................................................... 10.3 (1.3) Income (loss) before income taxes, equity in loss of investees, minority interest and discontinued operations.................. 2.7 (11.9) Income (loss) from continuing operations........................................ 2.3 (11.7) Three Months Ended March 31, 2004 Compared to Three Months Ended March 31, 2003 Net Revenues. Packaging and test net revenues increased 35.4% to $464.6 million in the three months ended March 31, 2004 from $343.1 million in the three months ended March 31, 2003. This increase in net revenues was principally attributed to an overall unit volume increase of 56.6%. This increase in volume was driven by a 53.2% increase for advanced packages and a 61.0% increase in our traditional packages. Partially offsetting the volume increases, average selling prices for the three months ended March 31, 2004 declined approximately 11% as compared to average selling prices in the three months ended 17

March 31, 2003. This decrease in overall average selling prices was driven by a 10% decrease in average selling prices for advances packages and a 12% decrease in average selling prices for traditional packages. Gross Profit. Gross profit increased $65.2 million, to a gross profit of $111.8 million in the three months ended March 31, 2003 from $46.6 million in the three months ended March 31, 2003. Our cost of revenues consists principally of costs of materials, labor and depreciation. Gross margin increased to 24.1% in the three months ended March 31, 2004 from 13.6% in the three months ended March 31, 2003. The improvement of 10.5% is principally a result of the following: - - Increased unit volumes contributed approximately 21 percentage points to the increase in gross margin. - - Material cost savings contributed approximately 3 percentage points to the increase in gross margin. The positive impacts on gross margin were partially offset by the following: - - Average selling price erosion across our product lines decreased gross margin by approximately 10 percentage points. - - Product mix decreased gross margin by approximately 3 percentage points. Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $10.8 million, or 26.0%, to $52.2 million, or 11.2% of net revenues, in the three months ended March 31, 2004 from $41.4 million, or 12.1% of net revenues, in the three months ended March 31, 2003. During 2004, we experienced a significant increase in our litigation costs as a result of the mold compound litigation matter. Legal fees associated with this mold compound litigation matter were $4.9 million during the three months ended March 31, 2004, as opposed to $0.3 million in the comparable prior year period. In addition, approximately $6.0 million of our increase in selling, general and administrative expenses is the result of increased headcount, compensation costs and general business activity to support our overall business growth; although selling, general and administrative expenses have decreased as a percentage of revenue over the prior year comparable period. Research and Development. Research and development expenses increased $1.4 million to $9.0 million, or 1.9% of net revenues, in the three months ended March 31, 2004 from $7.6 million, or 2.2% of net revenues, in the three months ended March 31, 2003. Our increase in our research and development expenses were primarily related to the establishment of a research and development center, during the three months ended March 31, 2004, located within our Amkor Iwate factory in Japan and increased activities related to our leading edge technologies. Our research and development efforts support our customers' needs for smaller packages and increased functionality. We continue to invest our research and development resources to further the development of flip chip interconnection solutions, chip scale packages that are nearly the size of the semiconductor die, MEMS devices used in a variety of end markets including automotive, industrial and personal entertainment, our stacked chip packages that stack as many as three semiconductor dies in a single package, and System-in-Package technology, that uses both advanced packaging and traditional surface mount techniques to enable the combination of technologies in a single chip. Resolution of Legal Dispute. On April 29, 2004, we reached legal resolution with a customer regarding their claims against us related to our mold compound matter. Accordingly, for the three months ended March 31, 2004, we recorded a charge of $1.5 million associated with this settlement (see Item I - Legal Proceedings for further discussion). Other Expenses. Other expenses, net, decreased $1.0 million, to $35.2 million, or 7.6% of net revenues, in the three months ended March 31, 2004 from $36.2 million, or 10.5% of net revenues, in the three months ended March 31, 2003. The net decrease in other expenses was primarily the result of a decrease in interest expense of $2.6 related to our debt refinancing and debt repurchase activity during 2003 and 2004, partially offset by an unfavorable change related to foreign currency of $1.0 million. For the three months ended March 31, 2004, other expenses included $2.7 million of debt retirement costs. For the three months ended March 31, 2003, other expenses included a $2.2 million unrealized loss related to our then existing ASI call options. Equity in Loss of Investees. For the three months ended March 31, 2004, we had no share of gains or losses related to our equity affiliates. For the prior year comparable period, our earnings included our share of losses in our equity affiliates of $3.6 million, which principally related to our equity investment in ASI through March 24, 2003. On March 24, 2003, we divested 7 18

million shares of ASI, bringing our total voting share holdings to 16% of ASI, and on this date we ceased the equity method of accounting for our ASI investment. Income Taxes. For the three months ended March 31, 2004, we recorded income tax expense of $1.4 million related to continuing operations, reflecting an effective tax rate of 11.6%, as compared to an income tax benefit of $4.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2003, reflecting an effective tax rate of 9.5%. During the three months ended March 31, 2004, we (1) generated income in certain tax holiday jurisdictions and (2) utilized a portion of our loss carryforwards which previously carried valuation allowances in other tax jurisdictions. From an effective tax rate perspective, both of these items offset our taxes in other higher tax jurisdictions where we are also profitable, thereby lowering our overall effective tax rate. During 2002 and 2003 we recorded valuation allowances against the majority of our deferred tax assets in certain tax jurisdictions. We will resume the recognition of deferred tax assets when we return to sustained profitability in certain tax jurisdictions. As of March 31, 2004, we had U.S. net operating losses totaling $417.9 million expiring between 2021 and 2024. Additionally, as of March 31, 2004, we had $44.5 million of non-U.S. net operating losses available for carryforward, expiring between 2004 and 2012. RESULTS OF DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS On February 28, 2003, we sold our wafer fabrication services business to ASI for $62 million. Additionally, we obtained a release from Texas Instruments regarding our contractual obligations with respect to wafer fabrication services to be performed subsequent to the transfer of the business to ASI. We reflect our wafer fabrication services segment as a discontinued operation and restated our historical results. In connection with the disposition of our wafer fabrication business, we have reflected $1.0 million in severance and other exit costs to close our wafer fabrication services operations in Boise, Idaho and Lyon, France. Also, in the first quarter of 2003 we recognized a pre-tax gain on the disposition of our wafer fabrication services business of $58.6 million ($51.5 million, net of tax), which is reflected in income from discontinued operations. The carrying value of the sold net assets associated with the business as of February 28, 2003 was $2.4 million. LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES Our ongoing primary cash needs are for debt service (principally interest), equipment purchases and working capital. Our cash and cash equivalents balance as of March 31, 2004 was $345.5 million, and we had $28.4 million available under our $30.0 million senior secured credit facility. The amount available under our senior secured credit facility at March 31, 2004 was reduced by $1.6 million related to outstanding letters of credit. We believe that our existing cash balances, available credit lines, cash flow from operations and available equipment lease financing will be sufficient to meet our projected capital expenditures, debt service and working capital requirements for at least the next twelve months. We may require additional cash to consummate business combinations to diversify our geographic operations and expand our customer base and we cannot assure you that additional financing will be available when we need it or, if available, that it will be available on satisfactory terms. In addition, the terms of the senior notes and senior subordinated notes significantly reduce our ability to incur additional debt. Failure to obtain any such required additional financing could have a material adverse effect on us. CASH FLOWS Net cash provided by (used in) operating, investing and financing activities from continuing operations and cash provided by discontinued operations for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2003 were as follows: FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2004 2003 ------------ ----------- (IN THOUSANDS) Operating activities from continuing operations................................. $ 124,229 $ 29,464 Investing activities from continuing operations................................. (164,384) (3,293) Financing activities from continuing operations................................. 71,752 (7,867) Discontinued operations......................................................... 96 22,139 Cash flows from continuing operating activities: Our cash flows from continuing operating activities for the three months ended March 31, 2004 increased $94.8 million to $124.2 million over the comparable prior year period. Our cash flows from 19

continuing operating activities increased as a result of our improved operating performance, primarily driven by revenue increases, as well as cash generated from a reduction of our working capital. The primary contributors to cash flow from continuing operations for the three months ended March 31, 2004 were $69.9 million of cash flows provided by continuing operations (adjusted for non-cash items), a $48.1 million increase in trade payables associated with the increase in business activity and a decrease in accounts receivable of $27.2 million. These sources were primarily offset by a $20.1 million increase in inventory levels required to accommodate the demand for our services. Cash flows from continuing investing activities: Our cash flows used in continuing investing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2004 increased by $161.1 over the comparable prior year period, to $164.4 million, primarily due to a $154.2 million increase in capital expenditures from $16.6 million in the three months ended March 31, 2003 to $170.8 million in the three months ended March 31, 2004. In addition to cash used for capital expenditures, we paid $12.9 million during the three months ended March 31, 2004 to acquire the minority interest ownership in Amkor Iwate, bringing our ownership to 100%. These cash outflows were offset by cash proceeds from the collection of $18.6 million of notes receivable from Dongbu. In January 2001, Amkor Iwate Corporation commenced operations and acquired from Toshiba a packaging and test facility located in the Iwate prefecture in Japan. At that time, we owned 60% of Amkor Iwate and Toshiba owned the balance of the outstanding shares. In January 2004, we acquired the remaining 40% ownership interest of Amkor Iwate from Toshiba for $12.9 million. We now own 100% of Amkor Iwate. Also in January 2004, we paid to Toshiba 220.0 million Japanese yen (or approximately $2.0 million, which was included as a special charge during the three months ended December 31, 2003) to terminate our commitment to purchase a tract of land adjacent to the Amkor Iwate facility. Amkor Iwate provides packaging and test services principally to Toshiba's Iwate factory under a long-term supply agreement that provided for services to be performed on a cost plus basis through December 2003 and then at market based rates beginning January 2004. This long-term supply agreement with Toshiba's Iwate factory terminates January 2006. During 2003 and 2004, we completed the following transactions to continue the liquidation of our investment in ASI: - - On March 24, 2003, we irrevocably sold a block of 7 million shares of ASI common stock to the financial institution for approximately $19.5 million. We also entered into a nondeliverable call option for $6.8 million. In May 2003, we exercised the nondeliverable call option realizing $5.6 million of cash proceeds. - - On September 17, 2003, we sold an additional 5 million shares of ASI common stock for approximately $18.5 million. We also entered into a nondeliverable call option for $6.5 million. In December 2003, we exercised the nondeliverable call option realizing $2.0 million of cash proceeds. - - In April 2004, we sold 10.1 million shares of ASI common stock for approximately $49.7 million, reducing our ownership in ASI to approximately 4%, or 4.6 million shares. Cash flows from continuing financing activities: Our net cash inflows from continuing financing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2004 were $71.8 million, as compared to $7.9 million of outflows for the three months ended March 31, 2003. The increase in cash flows from continuing financing activities during the three months ended March 31, 2004 primarily related to our March offering of $250.0 million of senior notes due 2011. The net proceeds to us were $245.2 million, net of related discounts and debt acquisition costs, and these proceeds were used to repay the balance outstanding under our senior secured term loan of $168.7 million. DEBT INSTRUMENTS AND RELATED COVENANTS 20

Following is a summary of short-term borrowings and long-term debt: MARCH 31, DECEMBER 31, 2004 2003 -------------- ------------ (IN THOUSANDS) Senior secured credit facilities: Term loan, LIBOR plus 4% due January 2006..................................... $ -- $ 168,725 $30.0 million revolving line of credit, LIBOR plus 4.25% due October 2005..... -- -- 9.25% Senior notes due February 2008............................................... 470,500 470,500 7.75% Senior notes due May 2013.................................................... 425,000 425,000 7.125% Senior notes due March 2011................................................. 248,315 -- 10.5% Senior subordinated notes due May 2009....................................... 200,000 200,000 5.75% Convertible subordinated notes due June 2006, convertible at $35.00 per share................................................. 233,000 233,000 5% Convertible subordinated notes due March 2007, convertible at $57.34 per share................................................. 146,422 146,422 Other debt......................................................................... 33,658 35,725 -------------- ------------ 1,756,895 1,679,372 Less -- Short-term borrowings and current portion of long-term debt (22,488) (28,665) -------------- ------------ $ 1,734,407 $ 1,650,707 ============== ============ We now have, and for the foreseeable future will continue to have, a significant amount of indebtedness. Our indebtedness requires us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to service payments on our debt, with such payments principally for interest. For the three months ended 2004, interest expense payable in cash was $27.5 million. Our senior secured credit facility includes certain affirmative, negative and financial covenants (including minimum EBITDA, as defined by the credit facility and minimum daily liquidity) and events of default, including maximum annual capital expenditures of the greater of (i) $250 million or (ii) 50% of EBITDA (as defined), not to exceed $350 million. The covenants included in the agreements governing our existing debt, and debt we may incur in the future, may materially restrict our operations, including our ability to incur debt, pay dividends, make certain investments and payments and encumber or dispose of assets. In addition, financial covenants contained in agreements relating to our existing and future debt could lead to a default in the event our results of operations do not meet our plans and we are unable to amend such financial covenants prior to default. A default under one debt instrument may also trigger cross-defaults under our other debt instruments. As of March 31, 2004 and through the date of this filing, we were in compliance with all financial covenants. An event of default under one or more of our debt instruments, if not cured or waived, could have a material adverse effect on us. Our business strategy has been, in part, to enhance our financial flexibility. During 2003 and 2004, we refinanced or repurchased various debt instruments, including our term loan and various senior notes, thereby lowering our effective interest rate and increasing our maturity dates. Our debt covenants permit the repurchase or redemption of any senior notes, senior subordinated notes or convertible notes with the net cash proceeds of equity offerings, and the annual basket for repurchases or redemptions of senior notes from cash can be rolled over (to the extent unused) from year to year up to an aggregate amount of $300 million, of which up to $25 million may alternatively be used to repurchase or redeem senior subordinated notes or convertible notes. In March 2004, we sold $250.0 million of 7.125% senior notes due March 2011. We sold these notes to qualified institutional investors, used the net proceeds of the issuance to satisfy in full our outstanding term loan due 2006 of $168.7 million and used the remainder of the proceeds for general corporate purposes, including working capital and capital expenditures. The notes have a coupon rate of 7.125% annually and interest payments are due semi-annually. In connection with the satisfaction of the term loan, we recorded charges during the first quarter of 2004 of $1.7 million for the associated premiums paid and $1.0 million for the associated unamortized deferred debt issuance costs. In connection with the offering of these notes, we entered into a registration rights agreement with the purchasers. The registration rights agreement will entitle the purchasers, within 210 days from the original issuance, to exchange their notes for registered notes with substantially identical terms as the original notes. Other debt as of March 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003 includes our foreign debt principally related to our operations in Japan and Taiwan. Our foreign debt includes fixed and variable debt maturing between 2004 and 2010, with the substantial majority maturing by 2003. As of March 31, 2004, the foreign debt has interest rates ranging from 1.0% to 4.35%. These debt instruments do not include significant financial covenants. 21

CAPITAL EXPENDITURES We expect significant growth in our business in 2004 based on industry estimates for the semiconductor industry as a whole, and our expectation that the trend towards increased outsourcing of packaging and test services in the semiconductor industry will continue. Our first quarter capital expenditures were $170.8 million and we have budgeted second quarter capital expenditures between $125 million and $150 million. We expect that our full year 2004 capital expenditures will be between $300 million and $500 million. OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS We had no off-balance sheet guarantees or other off-balance sheet arrangements as of March 31, 2004. CONTINGENCY RELATED TO ACQUISITION OF CITIZEN WATCH CO., LTD. In April 2002, we acquired the semiconductor packaging business of Citizen Watch Co., Ltd ("Citizen"). In connection with this acquisition, we were required to make certain additional payments one year from the closing. Pending the resolution of a controversy relating to patents acquired from Citizen, we are withholding payment of 1.4 billion yen ($13.3 million based on the spot exchange rate at March 31, 2004). CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES Our preparation of this report on Form 10-Q, and related consolidated financial statements which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of our financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. There can be no assurance that actual results will not differ from those estimates. We base our estimates and judgments on historical experience, current economic and industry conditions and on various other factors that we believe reasonable under the circumstances. This forms the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. We have identified the accounting policies below as critical to our business operations and the understanding of our results of operations. - - revenue recognition and risk of loss, - - provision for income taxes - - valuation of long-lived assets, - - legal contingencies, - - evaluation of equity investments, and - - valuation of inventory. During the three months ended March 31, 2004, there have been no significant changes in our critical accounting policies. Other than a $1.5 million charge related to our mold compound litigation in which we resolved our matter with Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. (see Item I - Legal Proceedings for further discussion), there have been no significant changes in the judgments and estimates inherent in these critical accounting policies. We refer you to our December 31, 2003 Annual Report on Form 10-K and for a full discussion of our critical accounting policies. RISK FACTORS THAT MAY AFFECT FUTURE OPERATING PERFORMANCE Our future results of operations involve a number of risks and uncertainties. Factors that could affect future results and cause actual results to vary materially from historical results include, but are not limited to, dependence on the highly cyclical nature of the semiconductor industry, fluctuation in operating results, the decline in average selling prices, our high leverage and the restrictive covenants contained in the agreements governing our indebtedness, our investment in ASI, the absence of significant backlog in our business, our dependence on international operations and sales, difficulties integrating acquisitions, our dependence on materials and equipment suppliers, capital expenditure requirements, the increased litigation incident to our business, rapid technological change, competition, our need to comply with existing and future environmental regulations, the enforcement of intellectual property rights by or against us, continued control by existing stockholders and stock price volatility. 22

Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us, or that we currently deem immaterial, may also impair our business operations. We cannot assure you that any of the events contemplated by the risks above will not occur. If they do, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected. You should refer to Risk Factors That May Affect Future Operating Performance in our 2003 Annual Report on Form 10-K and in our Form 8-K filed March 12, 2004 for a more detailed discussion of known material risks facing our company. ITEM 3.QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK MARKET RISK SENSITIVITY We are exposed to market risks, primarily related to foreign currency and interest rate fluctuations. In the normal course of business, we employ established policies and procedures to manage the exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency values and changes in interest rates. Our use of derivatives instruments, including forward exchange contracts, has been insignificant throughout 2004 and 2003, and it is expected that our use of derivative instruments will continue to be minimal. FOREIGN CURRENCY RISKS Our primary exposures to foreign currency fluctuations are associated with transactions and related assets and liabilities denominated in Philippine pesos, Korean won, Japanese yen, and Taiwanese dollar and Chinese renminbi. The objective in managing these foreign currency exposures is to minimize the risk through minimizing the level of activity and financial instruments denominated in those currencies. Our foreign currency financial instruments primarily consist of cash, trade receivables, investments, deferred taxes, trade payables and accrued expenses. For an entity with various financial instruments denominated in a foreign currency in a net asset position, an increase in the exchange rate would result in less net assets when converted to U.S. dollars. Conversely, for an entity with various financial instruments denominated in a foreign currency in a net liability position, a decrease in the exchange rate would result in more net liabilities when converted to U.S. dollars. Based on our portfolio of foreign currency based financial instruments at March 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003, a 20% increase (decrease) in the foreign currency to U.S. dollar spot exchange rate would result in the following foreign currency risk for our entities in a net asset (liability) position: CHART OF FOREIGN CURRENCY RISK ---------------------------------------------------- PHILIPPINE KOREA TAIWANESE JAPANESE CHINESE PESO WON DOLLAR YEN RENMINBI ---------- -------- --------- -------- -------- (IN THOUSANDS) As of March 31, 2004................................... $ (4,225) $ 4,628 $ (1,088) $ (1,648) $ 228 As of December 31, 2003................................ $ (3,269) $ 3,954 $ (2,041) $ 3,718 $ 315 INTEREST RATE RISKS Our company has interest rate risk with respect to our long-term debt. As of March 31, 2004, we had a total of $1,756.9 million of debt of which 98.6% was fixed rate debt and 1.4% was variable rate debt. Our variable rate debt principally consists of short-term borrowings and amounts outstanding under our $30.0 million revolving line of credit; of which no amounts were drawn as of March 31, 2004, but which had been reduced by $1.6 million related to outstanding letters of credit at that date. The fixed rate debt consists of senior notes, senior subordinated notes, convertible subordinated notes and foreign debt. As of December 31, 2003, we had a total of $1,679.4 million of debt of which 88.1% was fixed rate debt and 11.9% was variable rate debt. Changes in interest rates have different impacts on our fixed and variable rate portions of our debt portfolio. A change in interest rates on the fixed portion of the debt portfolio impacts the fair value of the instrument but has no impact on interest incurred or cash flows. A change in interest rates on the variable portion of the debt portfolio impacts the interest incurred and cash flows but does not impact the fair value of the instrument. The fair value of the convertible subordinated notes is also impacted by the market price of our common stock. The table below presents the interest rates, maturities and fair value of our fixed and variable rate debt as of March 31, 2004. 23

MARCH 31, 2004 ---------------------------------------------------------------- (IN THOUSANDS) FAIR 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 THEREAFTER TOTAL VALUE --------- --------- ----------- ------------ ----------- ---------- ----------- ------------ Long-term debt: Fixed rate debt $ 3,952 $ 2,404 $ 235,601 $ 146,623 $ 470,500 $ 873,317 $ 1,732,397 $ 1,789,894 Average interest rate 4.2% 4.0% 5.7% 5.0% 9.3% 8.2% 7.9% Variable rate debt $ 18,535 $ 1,568 $ 2,091 $ 837 $ 587 $ 880 $ 24,498 $ 24,498 Average interest rate 1.4% 2.6% 2.6% 2.6% 2.7% 2.7% 1.7% EQUITY PRICE RISKS Our outstanding 5.75% convertible subordinated notes due 2006 and 5% convertible subordinated notes due 2007 are convertible into common stock at $35.00 per share and $57.34 per share, respectively. During the fourth quarter of 2003, we repurchased $112.3 million of our 5.00% convertible notes due 2007 and $17.0 million of our 5.75% convertible notes due 2006. We currently intend to repay our remaining convertible subordinated notes upon maturity, unless converted. If investors were to decide to convert their notes to common stock, our future earnings would benefit from a reduction in interest expense and our common stock outstanding would be increased. If we paid a premium to induce such conversion, our earnings could include an additional charge. Further, the trading price of our common stock has been and is likely to continue to be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations. Such fluctuations could impact our decision or ability to utilize the equity markets as a potential source of our funding needs in the future. ITEM 4. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES During the first quarter of 2004, Amkor management, including the principal executive officer and principal financial officer, evaluated Amkor's disclosure controls and procedures related to the recording, processing, summarization and reporting of information in its periodic reports that Amkor files with the SEC. These disclosure controls and procedures have been designed to ensure that (a) material information relating to Amkor, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to Amkor's management, including these officers, by other employees of Amkor and its subsidiaries, and (b) this information is recorded, processed, summarized, evaluated and reported, as applicable, within the time periods specified in the SEC's rules and forms. Due to the inherent limitations of control systems, not all misstatements may be detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls could be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons or by collusion of two or more people. Amkor's controls and procedures can only provide reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the above objectives have been met. Accordingly, as of March 31, 2004, these officers (principal executive officer and principal financial officer) concluded that Amkor's disclosure controls and procedures were effective to accomplish their objectives. Amkor continually strives to improve its disclosure controls and procedures to enhance the quality of its financial reporting and to maintain dynamic systems that change as conditions warrant. There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this Report on Form 10-Q that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. PART II. OTHER INFORMATION ITEM 1. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS We are currently a party to various legal proceedings, including those noted below. While we currently believe that the ultimate outcome of these proceedings, individually and in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position or overall trends in results of operations, litigation is subject to inherent uncertainties. If an unfavorable ruling were to occur, there exists the possibility of a material adverse impact on our net income in the period in which the ruling occurs. The estimate of the potential impact from the following legal proceedings on our financial position or overall results of operations could change in the future. EPOXY MOLD COMPOUND LITIGATION 24

Recently, we have become party to an increased number of litigation matters relative to our historic levels. Much of our recent increase in litigation relates to an allegedly defective epoxy mold compound, formerly used in some of our products, which is alleged to be responsible for certain semiconductor chip failures. In the case of each of these matters, we believe we have meritorious defenses, as well as valid third-party claims against Sumitomo Bakelite Co., Ltd. ("Sumitomo Bakelite"), the manufacturer of the challenged epoxy product, should the epoxy mold compound be found to be defective. We cannot be certain, however, that we will be able to recover any amount from Sumitomo Bakelite if we are held liable in these matters, or that any adverse result would not have a material impact upon us. Moreover, other customers of ours have made inquiries about the epoxy mold compound, which was widely used in the semiconductor industry, and no assurance can be given that claims similar to those already asserted will not be made against us by other customers in the future. Fujitsu Limited v. Cirrus Logic, Inc., et al. On April 16, 2002, we were served with a third-party complaint in an action entitled Fujitsu Limited v. Cirrus Logic, Inc., No. 02-CV-01627 JW, pending in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California, San Jose Division. In this action, Fujitsu Limited ("Fujitsu") alleges that semiconductor devices it purchased from Cirrus Logic, Inc. ("Cirrus Logic") are defective in that a certain epoxy mold compound used in the manufacture of the chip causes a short circuit which renders Fujitsu disk drive products inoperable. Cirrus Logic, in response, denied the allegations of the complaint, counterclaimed against Fujitsu for unpaid invoices, and filed its third-party complaint against us alleging that any liability for chip defects should be assigned to us because we assembled the subject semiconductor devices. Upon receipt of Cirrus Logic's third-party complaint, we filed an answer denying all liability, and our own third-party complaint against Sumitomo Bakelite. Sumitomo Bakelite filed an answer denying liability. In June 2003, Fujitsu amended its complaint and added direct claims against us. In response, we filed an answer denying all liability to Fujitsu. The parties engaged in discovery activities. Fujitsu has indicated that it may seek damages in excess of $100 million. In November 2003, Fujitsu filed an action against Cirrus Logic, Sumitomo Bakelite and us entitled Fujitsu Limited v. Cirrus Logic, Inc., et al., Case No. 1-03-CV-009885, in the California Superior Court for the County of Santa Clara, based on facts and allegations substantially similar to those asserted in the Northern District Court of California. In December 2003, Cirrus Logic filed a cross-complaint against Sumitomo Bakelite and us in the Superior Court case, also based on facts and allegations substantially similar to those asserted in the Northern District Court case. By stipulation among the parties, the Court has granted a stay of the action pending in the Northern District Court of California in favor of the action pending in the Santa Clara Superior Court, where discovery is ongoing and a trial is scheduled to begin on January 31, 2005. On March 29, 2004, we filed a motion to dismiss Fujitsu's amended complaint in the Superior Court. On April 2, 2004, we also filed a motion to dismiss Cirrus Logic's cross-complaint. The hearing on our motions to dismiss is scheduled to take place on May 4, 2004. If necessary, we intend to deny all liability, to file cross-claims against Sumitomo Bakelite, and to seek judgment in our favor in due course. Seagate Technology LLC v. Atmel Corporation, et al. In March 2003, we were served with a cross-complaint in an action between Seagate Technology LLC and Seagate Technology International ("Seagate") and Atmel Corporation and Atmel Sarl ("Atmel") in the Superior Court of California, Santa Clara County, Case No. 1-02-CV809883. Atmel's cross-complaint seeks indemnification from us for any damages incurred from the claims by Seagate involving the allegedly defective epoxy mold compound manufactured by Sumitomo Bakelite. We answered Atmel's cross-complaint, denying all liability, and filed a cross-complaint against Sumitomo Bakelite. Atmel later amended its cross-complaint, including adding ChipPAC Inc. ("ChipPAC") as a cross-defendant. ChipPAC filed a cross-complaint against Sumitomo Bakelite and us. On January 27, 2004, the Superior Court sustained Sumitomo Bakelite's motion to dismiss Atmel's amended cross-complaint, granting Atmel 30 days to file an amended pleading. Atmel filed its Second Amended Cross-Complaint on or about March 12, 2004. On April 13, 2004, we filed an answer denying all liability to Atmel. We filed a motion to dismiss ChipPAC's cross-complaint on February 13, 2004; ChipPAC has indicated its intent to file an amended cross-complaint by April 27, 2004. If appropriate, we may seek to dismiss ChipPAC's amended pleading, and otherwise intend to deny all liability to ChipPAC. All parties are currently conducting discovery and no trial date has been set. Maxtor Corporation v. Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V., et al. In April 2003, we were served with a cross-complaint in an action between Maxtor Corporation ("Maxtor") and Koninklijke Philips Electronics ("Philips"), in the Superior Court of California, Santa Clara County, Case No. 1-02-CV-808650. Philips' cross-complaint sought indemnification from us for any damages incurred from the claims by Maxtor involving the allegedly defective epoxy mold compound manufactured by Sumitomo Bakelite. Philips subsequently filed a cross-complaint directly 25

against Sumitomo Bakelite, alleging, among other things, that Sumitomo Bakelite breached its contractual obligations to both us and Philips by supplying a defective mold compound resulting in the failure of certain Philips semiconductor devices. We denied all liability in this matter and also asserted a cross-complaint against Sumitomo Bakelite. Sumitomo Bakelite has denied any liability. The parties completed fact discovery and most expert discovery. Maxtor and Philips reached a settlement of Maxtor's claims against Philips on or about April 28, 2004. Philips and Amkor reached resolution on Philips' claims against us on April 29, 2004, pursuant to which we agreed to pay Philips $1.5 million within 15 days plus a contingent amount ranging between $0.0 and $2.0 million based on the resolution of Philips' claims against Sumitomo Bakelite. For the three months ended March 31, 2004, we recorded a charge of $1.5 million in Resolution of Legal Dispute in our consolidated statement of income associated with this resolution. The trial of Philips' claims against Sumitomo Bakelite is scheduled to start on August 2, 2004. Maxim Integrated Products, Inc. v. Amkor Technology, Inc., et al. In August 2003, we were served with a complaint filed by Maxim Integrated Products, Inc. ("Maxim") against us, Sumitomo Bakelite and Sumitomo Plastics America, Inc. ("Sumitomo Plastics") in the Superior Court of California, Santa Clara County, Case No. 1-03-CV-001310. The complaint seeks damages related to our use of Sumitomo Bakelite's epoxy mold compound in assembling Maxim's semiconductor packages. Both the Sumitomo defendants and we filed motions to dismiss Maxim's complaint in September 2003. In lieu of contesting those motions to dismiss, Maxim filed an amended pleading on or about April 26, 2004. We intend to file a motion to dismiss Maxim's amended complaint, to deny all liability to Maxim and to file cross-claims against Sumitomo Bakelite. Discovery has not commenced and there is no trial date set. Fairchild Semiconductor Corporation v. Sumitomo Bakelite Singapore Pte. Ltd., et al. In September 2003, we were served with an amended complaint filed by Fairchild Semiconductor Corporation ("Fairchild") against us, Sumitomo Bakelite, Sumitomo Plastics and Sumitomo Bakelite Singapore Pte. Ltd. in the Superior Court of California, Santa Clara County, Case No. 1-02-CV-810034. The amended complaint seeks damages related to our use of Sumitomo Bakelite's epoxy mold compound in assembling Fairchild's semiconductor packages. Both the Sumitomo defendants and we filed motions to dismiss Fairchild's amended complaint in October 2003. Fairchild filed a second amended complaint in January 2004. On February 11, 2004, we filed a motion to dismiss Fairchild's second amended complaint. The Superior Court granted our motion to dismiss on March 16, 2004, giving Fairchild thirty days to file a further amended pleading. Fairchild filed a third amended complaint on or about April 15, 2004. We intend to file a motion to dismiss Fairchild's third amended pleading. We otherwise intend to deny all liability and to file cross-claims against Sumitomo Bakelite. Discovery is ongoing and no trial date has been scheduled. OTHER LITIGATION Amkor Technology, Inc. v. Motorola, Inc. On August 16, 2002, we filed a complaint against Motorola, Inc. in an action captioned Amkor Technology, Inc. v. Motorola, Inc., C.A. No. 02C-08-160 CHT, pending in the Superior Court of the State of Delaware in and for New Castle County. In this action, we were seeking declaratory judgment relating to a controversy between us and Motorola concerning: (i) the assignment by Citizen Watch Co., Ltd. ("Citizen") to us of a Patent License Agreement dated January 25, 1996 between Motorola and Citizen (the "License Agreement") and concurrent assignment by Citizen to us of Citizen's interest in U.S. Patents 5,241,133 and 5,216,278 (the "'133 and '278 patents"); and (ii) our obligation to make certain payments pursuant to an immunity agreement (the "Immunity Agreement") dated June 30, 1993 between us and Motorola. We and Motorola resolved the controversy with respect to all issues relating to the Immunity Agreement, and all claims and counterclaims filed by the parties in the case relating to the Immunity Agreement were dismissed or otherwise disposed of without further litigation. The claims relating to the License Agreement and the '133 and '278 Patents remained pending. We and Motorola both filed motions for summary judgment on the remaining claims, and oral arguments were heard on September 3, 2003. On October 6, 2003, the Superior Court of Delaware ruled in favor of us and issued an Opinion and Order granting our motion for summary judgment and denying Motorola's motion for summary judgment. On October 22, 2003, Motorola filed an appeal in Supreme Court of Delaware. The appeal was argued on March 9, 2004, and we are awaiting the Court's decision. We believe we will prevail on the same merits in such appeal. In addition, should Motorola prevail at the appellate level, we believe we have recourse against Citizen. However, no assurance can be given that an adverse outcome in the case cannot occur, or that any adverse outcome would not have a material impact. 26

Alcatel Business Systems vs. Amkor Technology, Inc., Anam Semiconductor, Inc. On November 5, 1999, we agreed to sell certain semiconductor parts to Alcatel Microelectronics, N.V. ("AME"), a subsidiary of Alcatel S.A. The parts were manufactured for us by Anam Semiconductor, Inc. ("ASI"). AME transferred the parts to another Alcatel subsidiary, Alcatel Business Systems ("ABS"), which incorporated the parts into cellular phone products. In early 2001, a dispute arose as to whether the parts sold by us were defective. On March 18, 2002, ABS and its insurer filed suit against us and ASI in the Paris Commercial Court of France, claiming damages of 50 million Euros (approximately $60.9 million based on the spot exchange rate at March 31, 2004). We have denied all liability and intend to vigorously defend ourselves. Additionally, we have entered into a written agreement with ASI whereby ASI has agreed to indemnify us fully against any and all loss related to the claims of AME, ABS and ABS' insurer. The Paris Commercial Court commenced a special proceeding before a technical expert to report on the facts of the dispute. The report of the court-appointed expert was put forth on December 31, 2003. The report does not specifically allocate liability to any particular party. A hearing was held on April 28, 2004, and a ruling is expected within 30 days of this date. In response to the lawsuit, on May 22, 2002, we filed a petition to compel arbitration in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania (the "Court") against ABS, AME and ABS' insurer, claiming that the dispute is subject to the arbitration clause of the November 5, 1999 agreement between us and AME. ABS and ABS' insurer have refused to arbitrate. In August 2003, the Court denied the motion of ABS and its insurer to dismiss our petition for arbitration. The Court also subsequently denied a motion for reconsideration filed by ABS. The Court has not yet set a date for final disposition of our petition. ITEM 2. CHANGES IN SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS None. ITEM 3. DEFAULTS UPON SENIOR SECURITIES None. ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS None. ITEM 6. EXHIBITS AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K (a) The following exhibits are filed as part of this report: EXHIBIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT - ------- ---------------------- 4.1 Amkor Technology, Inc. 7.125% Senior Notes due March 15, 2011 Indenture 4.2 Registration Rights Agreement - 7.125% Senior Notes due March 15, 2011 12.1 Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges 31.1 Certification of James J. Kim, Chief Executive Officer of Amkor Technology, Inc., Pursuant to Rule 13a - 14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. 31.2 Certification of Kenneth T. Joyce, Chief Financial Officer of Amkor Technology, Inc., Pursuant to Rule 13a - 14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. 32 Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (b) REPORTS ON FORM 8-K We filed the following reports on Form 8-K with the Securities and Exchange Commission during the quarterly period ended March 31, 2004: 27

Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 28, 2004 (filed January 28, 2004) related to a press release dated January 28, 2004 announcing our financial results for the quarter ended December 31, 2003. Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 8, 2004 (filed March 12, 2004) related to Amkor announcing its intent to sell $250 million principal amount of Senior Notes due 2011. SIGNATURES Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this amended report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereto duly authorized. AMKOR TECHNOLOGY, INC. By:/s/ KENNETH T. JOYCE ------------------------------------------ Kenneth T. Joyce Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial, Chief Accounting Officer and Duly Authorized Officer) Date: May 5, 2004 28

Exhibit 4.1 --------------------------------------------------------------- AMKOR TECHNOLOGY, INC. 7-1/8% SENIOR NOTES DUE MARCH 15, 2011 ------------------------------ INDENTURE Dated as of March 12, 2004 ------------------------------ ------------------------------ WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A Trustee ------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------------------------

ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE................................................ 1 Section 1.01. Definitions...................................................................... 1 Section 1.02. Other Definitions................................................................ 16 Section 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act................................ 17 Section 1.04. Rules of Construction............................................................ 17 ARTICLE 2 THE NOTES................................................................................. 18 Section 2.01. Form and Dating.................................................................. 18 Section 2.02. Execution and Authentication..................................................... 19 Section 2.03. Registrar and Paying Agent....................................................... 19 Section 2.04. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.............................................. 20 Section 2.05. Holder Lists..................................................................... 20 Section 2.06. Transfer and Exchange............................................................ 20 Section 2.07. Replacement Notes................................................................ 31 Section 2.08. Outstanding Notes................................................................ 31 Section 2.09. Treasury Notes................................................................... 32 Section 2.10. Temporary Notes.................................................................. 32 Section 2.11. Cancellation..................................................................... 32 Section 2.12. Defaulted Interest............................................................... 32 Section 2.13. Liquidated Damages............................................................... 33 ARTICLE 3 REDEMPTION AND REPAYMENT.................................................................. 33 Section 3.01. Notices to Trustee............................................................... 33 Section 3.02. Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed................................................ 33 Section 3.03. Notice of Redemption............................................................. 34 Section 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption................................................... 34 Section 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price...................................................... 34 Section 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part........................................................... 35 Section 3.07. Optional Redemption.............................................................. 35 Section 3.08. No Mandatory Redemption.......................................................... 35 Section 3.09. Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds.............................. 35 ARTICLE 4 COVENANTS................................................................................. 37 Section 4.01. Payment of Notes................................................................. 37 Section 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency.................................................. 37 i

Section 4.03. Reports.......................................................................... 38 Section 4.04. Compliance Certificate........................................................... 38 Section 4.05. Taxes............................................................................ 39 Section 4.06. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws................................................... 39 Section 4.07. Restricted Payments.............................................................. 39 Section 4.08. Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries................... 41 Section 4.09. Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock....................... 42 Section 4.10. Asset Sales...................................................................... 45 Section 4.11. Transactions with Affiliates..................................................... 46 Section 4.12. Liens............................................................................ 47 Section 4.13. Corporate Existence.............................................................. 47 Section 4.14. Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control....................................... 48 Section 4.15. Amendment of Subordination Provisions............................................ 49 Section 4.16. Limitation on Issuances and Sales of Capital Stock in Wholly Owned Subsidiaries.. 49 Section 4.17. Payments for Consent............................................................. 49 Section 4.18. Subsidiary Guarantees............................................................ 49 Section 4.19. Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries.......................... 49 Section 4.20. Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions.................................... 50 ARTICLE 5 SUCCESSORS................................................................................ 50 Section 5.01. Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets......................................... 50 Section 5.02. Successor Corporation Substituted................................................ 51 ARTICLE 6 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES..................................................................... 51 Section 6.01. Events of Default................................................................ 51 Section 6.02. Acceleration..................................................................... 52 Section 6.03. Other Remedies................................................................... 53 Section 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults.......................................................... 53 Section 6.05. Control by Majority.............................................................. 53 Section 6.06. Limitation on Suits.............................................................. 53 Section 6.07. Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment.................................... 54 Section 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee....................................................... 54 Section 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim................................................. 54 Section 6.10. Priorities....................................................................... 54 ii

Section 6.11. Undertaking for Costs............................................................ 55 ARTICLE 7 TRUSTEE................................................................................... 55 Section 7.01. Duties of Trustee................................................................ 55 Section 7.02. Rights of Trustee................................................................ 56 Section 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee..................................................... 57 Section 7.04. Trustee's Disclaimer............................................................. 57 Section 7.05. Notice of Defaults............................................................... 57 Section 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes....................................... 57 Section 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity....................................................... 57 Section 7.08. Replacement of Trustee........................................................... 58 Section 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, etc................................................. 59 Section 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification.................................................... 59 Section 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company................................ 59 ARTICLE 8 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE.................................................. 59 Section 8.01. Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance......................... 59 Section 8.02. Legal Defeasance and Discharge................................................... 60 Section 8.03. Covenant Defeasance.............................................................. 60 Section 8.04. Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance....................................... 60 Section 8.05. Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions ........................................................ 62 Section 8.06. Repayment to Company............................................................. 62 Section 8.07. Reinstatement.................................................................... 62 ARTICLE 9 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER.......................................................... 63 Section 9.01. Without Consent of Holders of Notes.............................................. 63 Section 9.02. With Consent of Holders of Notes................................................. 63 Section 9.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.............................................. 65 Section 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents................................................ 65 Section 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes................................................. 65 Section 9.06. Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.................................................. 65 ARTICLE 10 NOTE GUARANTEES........................................................................... 65 Section 10.01. Guarantee........................................................................ 65 Section 10.02. Limitation on Guarantor Liability................................................ 66 Section 10.03. Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee......................................... 67 iii

Section 10.04. Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms............................... 67 Section 10.05. Releases Following Sale of Assets................................................ 68 ARTICLE 11 MISCELLANEOUS............................................................................. 68 Section 11.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls..................................................... 68 Section 11.02. Notices.......................................................................... 68 Section 11.03. Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes.................... 69 Section 11.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent............................... 69 Section 11.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.................................... 70 Section 11.06. Rules by Trustee and Agents...................................................... 70 Section 11.07. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders......... 70 Section 11.08. Governing Law, Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process.................... 70 Section 11.09. Agent for Service; Submission to Jurisdiction.................................... 71 Section 11.10. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.................................... 71 Section 11.11. Successors....................................................................... 71 Section 11.12. Severability..................................................................... 71 Section 11.13. Counterpart Originals............................................................ 71 Section 11.14. Table of Contents, Headings, etc................................................. 71 Section 11.15. Designated Senior Debt........................................................... 72 EXHIBITS Exhibit A FORM OF NOTE Exhibit B FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER Exhibit C FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE Exhibit D FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR Exhibit E FORM OF NOTE GUARANTEE Exhibit F FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE iv

INDENTURE dated as of March 12, 2004 between Amkor Technology, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee (the "Trustee"). The Company and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the 7-1/8% Senior Notes due March 15, 2011 (the "Notes"): ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE Section 1.01. Definitions. "144A Global Note" means a global note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Restricted Notes Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A. "Acquired Debt" means, with respect to any specified Person, (i) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Subsidiary of such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Subsidiary of, such specified Person, and (ii) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person. "Affiliate" of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, "control," as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise; provided that beneficial ownership of 10% or more, or an agreement, obligation or option to purchase 10% or more, of the Voting Stock of a Person shall be deemed to be control. For purposes of this definition, the terms "controlling," "controlled by" and "under common control with" shall have correlative meanings. "Agent" means any Registrar, Paying Agent or co-registrar. "Applicable Procedures" means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary and, with respect to a Regulation S Global Note, Euroclear and Clearstream, that apply to such transfer or exchange. "Asset Purchase Agreement" means that certain Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of December 30, 1998, between the Company and Anam Semiconductor, Inc., as the same may be extended or renewed from time to time without alteration of the material terms thereof. "Attributable Debt" in respect of a sale and leaseback transaction involving an operating lease means, at the time of determination, the present value of the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such sale and leaseback transaction including any period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the lessor, be extended. Such present value shall be calculated using a discount rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP. "Bankruptcy Law" means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

"Beneficial Owner" has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular "person" (as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such "person" shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such "person" has the right to acquire, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition. "Board of Directors" means the Board of Directors of the Company, or any authorized committee of the Board of Directors. "Broker-Dealer" has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. "Business Day" means any day other than a Legal Holiday. "Capital Lease Obligation" means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP. "Capital Stock" means (i) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock, (ii) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock, (iii) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited), and (iv) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person. "Cash Equivalents" means (i) United States dollars or currency of any other sovereign nation in which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary conducts business, (ii) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the full faith and credit of the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof having maturities of not more than twelve months from the date of acquisition, (iii) certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of twelve months or less from the date of acquisition, bankers' acceptances with maturities not exceeding twelve months and overnight bank deposits, in each case with (A) any domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000 and a Fitch Individual Rating (formerly Thompson Bank Watch Rating) of "B" or better, or (B) any commercial bank organized under the laws of any foreign country recognized by the United States having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000 (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof) and a Fitch Individual Rating (formerly Thompson Bank Watch Rating) of "B" or better, (iv) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (ii) and (iii) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (iii) above, (v) commercial paper having the highest rating obtainable from either Moody's Investors Service, Inc. or Standard & Poor's Corporation and, in each case, maturing within six months after the date of acquisition, and (vi) money market funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (i) through (v) of this definition, provided that the currency of any sovereign nation other than the United States and certificates of deposit, eurodollar time deposits, bankers' acceptances and overnight bank deposits with any commercial bank organized under the laws of a foreign country shall not be considered "Cash Equivalents" for purposes of determining whether an Asset Sale is permitted pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof. "Change of Control" means the occurrence of any of the following: (i) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company, (ii) the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any "person" (as defined above), other than a Permitted Holder, becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 35% of the Voting Stock of the Company, measured by voting power rather than number of 2

shares, and such percentage represents more than the aggregate percentage of the Voting Stock of the Company, measured by voting power rather than number of shares, as to which any Permitted Holder is the Beneficial Owner, or (iii) the first date during any consecutive two year period on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company are not Continuing Directors. For purposes of this definition, any transfer of an Equity Interest of an entity that was formed for the purpose of acquiring Voting Stock of the Company will be deemed to be a transfer of such portion of Voting Stock as corresponds to the portion of the equity of such entity that has been so transferred. "Clearstream" means Clearstream Banking, societe anonyme or any successor or securities clearing agency. "Company" means Amkor Technology, Inc., and any and all successors thereto. "Consolidated Cash Flow" means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus: (i) an amount equal to any extraordinary loss plus any net loss realized in connection with an Asset Sale, to the extent such losses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income, plus (ii) provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such provision for taxes was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income, plus (iii) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued and whether or not capitalized (including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers' acceptance financings, and net payments, if any, pursuant to Hedging Obligations), to the extent that any such expense was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income, plus (iv) depreciation, amortization (including amortization of goodwill and other intangibles but excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period) and other non-cash expenses (excluding any such non-cash expense to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income, plus (v) non-cash items (other than any non-cash items that will require cash payments in the future or that relate to foreign currency translation) decreasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period, other than items that were accrued in the ordinary course of business, in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP, minus (vi) non-cash items (other than any non-cash items that will require cash payments in the future or that relate to foreign currency translation) increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period, other than items that were accrued in the ordinary course of business, in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP. Notwithstanding the preceding, the provision for taxes based on the income or profits of, and the depreciation and amortization and other non-cash charges of, a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company shall be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute Consolidated Cash Flow of the Company only to the extent that a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of determination to be dividended to the Company by such Restricted Subsidiary without prior approval (that has not been obtained), pursuant to the terms of its charter and all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to that Subsidiary or its stockholders. "Consolidated Interest Expense" means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of: (i) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued, including, without limitation, amortization of debt 3

issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers' acceptance financings, and net payments, if any, pursuant to Hedging Obligations, plus (ii) the consolidated interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period, plus (iii) interest actually paid by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary under any Guarantee of Indebtedness of another Person, plus (iv) the product of all dividend payments, whether or not in cash, on any series of preferred stock of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than dividend payments on Equity Interests payable solely in Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company. "Consolidated Interest Expense Coverage Ratio" means with respect to any specified Person for any period, the ratio of the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period. In the event that the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, Guarantees or redeems any Indebtedness (other than revolving credit borrowings) or issues or redeems preferred stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Consolidated Interest Expense Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Consolidated Interest Expense Coverage Ratio is made (the "Calculation Date"), then the Consolidated Interest Expense Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, Guarantee or redemption of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of preferred stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter reference period. In addition, for purposes of calculating the Consolidated Interest Expense Coverage Ratio: (i) acquisitions that have been made by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including through mergers or consolidations and including any related financing transactions, during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the Calculation Date shall be deemed to have occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period and Consolidated Cash Flow for such reference period shall be calculated without giving effect to clause (iii) of the proviso set forth in the definition of Consolidated Net Income, (ii) the Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, shall be excluded, and (iii) the Consolidated Interest Expense attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, shall be excluded, but only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to such Consolidated Interest Expense will not be obligations of the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries following the Calculation Date. "Consolidated Net Assets" means, with respect to any specified Person as of any date, the total assets of such Person as of such date less (i) the total liabilities of such Person as of such date, (ii) the amount of any Disqualified Stock as of such date and (iii) any minority interests reflected on the balance sheet of such Person as of such date. "Consolidated Net Income" means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that: (i) the Net Income (but not loss) of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions paid in cash to the specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof, (ii) the Net Income of any Restricted Subsidiary shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior 4

governmental approval (that has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, (iii) the Net Income of any Person acquired in a pooling of interests transaction for any period prior to the date of such acquisition shall be excluded, (iv) the Net Income (but not loss) of any Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be excluded, whether or not distributed to the specified Person or one of its Subsidiaries, and (v) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles shall be excluded. "Continuing Directors" means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the Company who (i) was a member of such Board of Directors on the date of this Indenture or (ii) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board at the time of such nomination or election. "Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee" shall be at the address of the Trustee at which the trust created by this Indenture is administered, which address as of the date hereof is specified in Section 11.02 hereof, or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Company. "Credit Facilities" means, with respect to the Company or any Subsidiary, one or more debt facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time. "Custodian" means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto. "Default" means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would, be an Event of Default. "Definitive Note" means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the "Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note" attached thereto. "Depositary" means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture. "Disqualified Stock" means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date the Notes mature. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require the Company to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Company may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with Section 4.07 hereof. 5

"Domestic Subsidiary" means a Restricted Subsidiary that is (i) formed under the laws of the United States of America or a state or territory thereof or (ii) as of the date of determination, treated as a domestic entity or a partnership or a division of a domestic entity for United States federal income tax purposes; and, in either case, is not owned, directly or indirectly, by an entity that is not described in clauses (i) or (ii) above. "Equity Interests" means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock). "Equity Offering" means any offering for cash of common stock of the Company or options, warrants or rights with respect to its common stock so long as shares of the common stock of the Company remain listed on a national securities exchange or quoted on the NASDAQ National Market. "Euroclear" means the Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, Brussels Office, as operator of the Euroclear system. "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. "Exchange Notes" means the Notes issued in the Exchange Offer pursuant to Section 2.06(f) hereof. "Exchange Offer" has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. "Exchange Offer Registration Statement" has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. "Existing Indebtedness" means Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the date of this Indenture, until such amounts are repaid. "Foreign Subsidiary" means a Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Domestic Subsidiary. "Foundry Agreement" means that certain Foundry Agreement dated as of January 1, 1998, among the Company, our predecessor company (Amkor Electronics, Inc.), Amkor Technology Limited (f/k/a C.I.L. Limited), Anam Semiconductor, Inc. and Anam USA, Inc., as the same may be extended or renewed from time to time without alteration of the material terms thereof. "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are in effect from time to time. "Global Note Legend" means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(ii), which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture. "Global Notes" means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto issued in accordance with Section 2.01, 2.06(b)(iv), 2.06(d)(ii) or 2.06(f) hereof. 6

"Government Securities" means direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America, and the payment for which the United States pledges its full faith and credit. "Guarantee" means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness. "Guarantor" means any future Domestic Subsidiary of the Company formed or capitalized after the date of this Indenture that is a Significant Subsidiary and that is required by the terms of this Indenture to execute a Note Guarantee, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, and its successors and assigns. "Hedging Obligations" means, with respect to any Person, the Obligations of such Person under (i) swap agreements, cap agreements and collar agreements relating to interest rates, commodities or currencies; and (ii) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in interest rates, commodities or currencies "Holder" means a Person in whose name a Note is registered. "Indebtedness" means, with respect to any specified Person, any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent, in respect of: (i) borrowed money, (ii) bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), (iii) banker's acceptances, (iv) Capital Lease Obligations, (v) the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property, except any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable, or (vi) Hedging Obligations, if and to the extent any of such indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability on a balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, the term "Indebtedness" includes all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person measured as the lesser of the fair market value of the assets of such Person so secured or the amount of such Indebtedness) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the Guarantee by such Person of any indebtedness of any other Person. The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall be the accreted value thereof, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount. In addition, the amount of any Indebtedness shall also include the amount of all Obligations of such Person with respect to the redemption, repayment or other repurchase of any Disqualified Stock or, with respect to any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, any preferred stock of such Restricted Subsidiary. "Indenture" means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time. "Indirect Participant" means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant. "Initial Notes" means the first $250 million aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture on the date hereof. "Institutional Accredited Investor" means an institution that is an "accredited investor" as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act, who is not also a QIB. 7

"Intellectual Property Rights Licensing Agreement" means that certain Intellectual Property Rights Licensing Agreement to be entered into by and between the Company and Anam Semiconductor, Inc. in connection with the Asset Purchase Agreement, as the same may be extended or renewed from time to time without alteration of the material terms thereof. "Investments" means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of direct or indirect loans (including Guarantees of Indebtedness or other obligations), advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP. If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Company such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, the Company shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the fair market value of the Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in Section 4.07 hereof. "Issue Date" means the date on which the Notes are initially issued. "Legal Holiday" means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the City of New York or at a place of payment are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period. "Letter of Transmittal" means the letter of transmittal to be prepared by the Company and sent to all Holders of the Notes for use by such Holders in connection with the Exchange Offer. "Lien" means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, fixed or floating charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof; provided that the term "Lien" shall not include any lease properly classified as an operating lease in accordance with GAAP. "Liquidated Damages" means all liquidated damages then owing pursuant to Section 5 of the Registration Rights Agreement. "Make-Whole Amount" means, in connection with any optional redemption of any Note pursuant to Section 3.07(b) hereof, the excess, if any, of (i) the aggregate present value as of the date of such redemption of each dollar of principal being redeemed and the amount of interest (exclusive of interest accrued to the redemption date) that would have been payable in respect of such dollar if such prepayment had not been made, determined by discounting, on a semiannual basis, such principal and interest at the Reinvestment Rate (determined on the Business Day preceding the date of such redemption) from the respective dates on which such principal and interest would have been payable if such payment had not been made, over (ii) the aggregate principal amount of the Notes being redeemed. "Net Income" means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends, excluding, however: (i) any gain (but not loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such gain (but not loss), realized in connection with (a) any Asset Sale or (b) the 8

disposition of any securities by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (ii) any extraordinary gain (but not loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such extraordinary gain (but not loss), (iii) any gain or loss relating to foreign currency translation or exchange, and (iv) any income or loss related to any discontinued operation. "Net Proceeds" means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and sales commissions, and any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof, in each case after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements and amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness, other than Permitted Bank Debt, secured by a Lien on the asset or assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale. "Non-Recourse Debt" means Indebtedness: (i) as to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind (including any obligation that would constitute Indebtedness), or (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise, other than in the form of a Lien on the Equity Interests of an Unrestricted Subsidiary held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in favor of any holder of Non-Recourse Debt of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, (ii) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders thereof may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit upon notice, lapse of time or both any holder of any other Indebtedness (other than the Notes) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other Indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its stated maturity, and (iii) as to which the lenders have been notified in writing that they will not have any recourse to the stock or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than against the Equity Interests of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, if any). "Non-U.S. Person" means a Person who is not a U.S. Person as defined in Regulation S. "Note Guarantee" means the Guarantee by each Guarantor of the Company's payment obligations under this Indenture and on the Notes, executed pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture. "Notes" has the meaning assigned to it in the preamble to this Indenture. "Obligations" means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness. "Offering" means the offering of the Notes by the Company. "Officer" means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary or any Vice-President of such Person. "Officers' Certificate" means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by two Officers of the Company, one of whom must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Company, that meets the requirements of Section 11.05 hereof. 9

"Opinion of Counsel" means an opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, that meets the requirements of Section 11.05 hereof. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company or the Trustee. "Participant" means, with respect to the Depositary, a Person who has an account with the Depositary. "Permitted Bank Debt" means Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other than a Foreign Subsidiary pursuant to the Credit Facilities, any Receivables Program, or one or more other term loan and/or revolving credit or commercial paper facilities (including any letter of credit subfacilities) entered into with commercial banks and/or financial institutions, and any replacement, extension, renewal, refinancing or refunding thereof. "Permitted Business" means the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, operated in a manner consistent with past operations, and any business that is reasonably related thereto or supplements such business or is a reasonable extension thereof. "Permitted Holder" means James J. Kim and his estate, spouse, siblings, ancestors, heirs and lineal descendants, and spouses of any such persons, the legal representatives of any of the foregoing, and the trustee of any bona fide trust of which one or more of the foregoing are the principal beneficiaries or the grantors or any other Person that is controlled by any of the foregoing. "Permitted Investments" means: (i) any Investment in the Company or in a Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) any Investment in Cash Equivalents, (iii) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a Person, if as a result of such Investment or in connection with the transaction pursuant to which such Investment is made (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, or (b) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, (iv) any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.10 hereof, (v) any acquisition of assets solely in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company, (vi) any Investment in connection with Hedging Obligations, (vii) any Investments received (a) in satisfaction of judgments, or (b) as payment on a claim made in connection with any bankruptcy, liquidation, receivership or other insolvency proceeding, (viii) Investments in (a) prepaid expenses and negotiable instruments held for collection, (b) accounts receivable arising in the ordinary course of business (and Investments obtained in exchange or settlement of accounts receivable for which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has determined that collection is not likely), and (c) lease, utility and worker's compensation, performance and other similar deposits arising in the ordinary course of business, (ix) any Strategic Investment; provided that the aggregate amount of all Investments by the Company and any Restricted Subsidiaries in Strategic Investments shall not exceed $100.0 million, and (x) Investments purchased or received in exchange for Permitted Investments existing as of the Issue Date or made thereafter; provided that any additional consideration provided by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such exchange shall not be permitted pursuant to this clause (x); and provided, further, that such purchased or exchanged Investments shall have a fair market value (as determined by an officer of the Company unless such fair market value exceeds $25.0 million in which case, as determined by the Company's board of directors) equal to or exceeding the Permitted Investments exchanged therefor; provided, further, that, notwithstanding the preceding, any extension of credit or advance by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to a customer or supplier of the Company or its Subsidiaries shall not be a Permitted Investment. 10

"Permitted Liens" means: (i) Liens on the assets of the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary securing Permitted Bank Debt that was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred, (ii) Liens on the assets of any Foreign Subsidiary securing Indebtedness and other Obligations under Indebtedness of such Foreign Subsidiary that were permitted by the terms of this indenture to be incurred, (iii) Liens in favor of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, (iv) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged with or into or consolidated with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were not incurred in contemplation of such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person merged into or consolidated with the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary, (v) Liens on property existing at the time of acquisition thereof by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, provided that such Liens were not incurred in contemplation of such acquisition, (vi) Liens to secure the performance of statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business, (vii) Liens to secure Obligations in respect of Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) permitted by clause (iv) of the second paragraph of Section 4.09 hereof covering only the assets acquired with such Indebtedness, including accessions, additions, parts, attachments, improvements, fixtures, leasehold improvements or proceeds, if any, related thereto, (viii) Liens existing on the date of this Indenture, (ix) Liens securing Obligations of the Company and/or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Receivables Program, (x) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor, (xi) Liens imposed by law or arising by operation of law, including, without limitation, landlords', mechanics', carriers', warehousemen's, materialmen's, suppliers' and vendors' Liens, Liens for master's and crew's wages and other similar Liens, in each case which are incurred in the ordinary course of business for sums not yet delinquent or being contested in good faith, if such reserves or other appropriate provisions, if any, as shall be required by GAAP shall have been made with respect thereto, (xii) Liens incurred or pledges and deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers' compensation and unemployment insurance and other types of social security, (xiii) Liens to secure any extension, renewal, refinancing or refunding (or successive extensions, renewals, refinancings or refundings), in whole or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by Liens referred to in the foregoing clauses (iv), (v), (vii) and (viii) of this definition; provided that such Liens do not extend to any other property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and the principal amount of the Indebtedness secured by such Lien is not increased, (xiv) judgment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default so long as such Lien is adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been initiated for the review of such judgment, decree or order shall not have been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated shall not have expired, (xv) Liens securing obligations of the Company under Hedging Obligations permitted to be incurred under clause (vii) of the second paragraph of Section 4.09 hereof or any collateral for the Indebtedness to which such Hedging Obligations relate, (xvi) Liens upon specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person's obligations in respect of banker's acceptances issued or credited for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or goods, (xvii) Liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect to commercial letters of credit which encumber documents and other property relating to such letters of credit and products and proceeds thereof, (xviii) Liens arising out of consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods in the ordinary course of business, (xvix) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods, (xx) Liens securing other Indebtedness not exceeding $10.0 million at any time outstanding, (xxi) Liens securing Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, provided that such Liens do not extend to any other property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and the principal amount of the Indebtedness secured by such Lien is not increased, and (xxii) Liens on the Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries securing obligations of Unrestricted Subsidiaries not otherwise prohibited by the Indentures. 11

"Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness" means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness); provided that: (i) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of (or accreted value, if applicable), plus accrued interest or premium (including any make-whole premium), if any, on, the Indebtedness so extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded (plus the amount of reasonable expenses incurred in connection therewith), (ii) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded; provided that if the original maturity date of such Indebtedness is after the Stated Maturity of the Notes, then such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness shall have a maturity at least 180 days after the Notes, (iii) if the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and is subordinated in right of payment to, the Notes on terms at least as favorable to the Holders of Notes as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded, and (iv) such Indebtedness is incurred either by the Company or by the Restricted Subsidiary who is the obligor on the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded. "Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof. "QIB" means a "qualified institutional buyer" as defined in Rule 144A. "Qualified Proceeds" means any of the following or any combination of the following: (i) any Cash Equivalents other than (A) currency of any sovereign nation other than the United Stated and (B) certificates of deposit, eurodollar time deposits, bankers' acceptances and overnight bank deposits with any commercial bank organized under the laws of a foreign country, (ii) any liabilities (as would be shown on the Company's or such Restricted Subsidiary's balance sheet if prepared in accordance with GAAP on the date of the corresponding Asset Sale), of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a customary novation agreement that releases or indemnifies the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from further liability, (iii) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash within 90 days after such Asset Sale (to the extent of the cash received in that conversion), (iv) long-term assets that are used or useful in a Permitted Business, and (v) all or substantially all of the assets of, or a majority of the Voting Stock of, any Permitted Business; provided, however, that in the case of clauses (iv) and (v) above, the Asset Sale transaction shall be with a non-Affiliate and the amount of long-term assets or Voting Stock received in the Asset Sale transaction shall not exceed 10% of the consideration received. "Receivables Program" means, with respect to any Person, an agreement or other arrangement or program providing for the advance of funds to such Person against the pledge, contribution, sale or other transfer of encumbrances of Receivables Program Assets of such Person or such Person and/or one or more of its Subsidiaries. "Receivables Program Assets" means all of the following property and interests in property, including any undivided interest in any pool of any such property or interests, whether now existing or existing in the future or hereafter arising or acquired: (i) accounts, (ii) accounts receivable, general 12

intangibles, instruments, contract rights, documents and chattel paper (including, without limitation, all rights to payment created by or arising from sales of goods, leases of goods, or the rendition of services, no matter how evidenced, whether or not earned by performance), (iii) all unpaid seller's or lessor's rights (including, without limitation, rescission, replevin, reclamation and stoppage in transit) relating to any of the foregoing or arising therefrom, (iv) all rights to any goods or merchandise represented by any of the foregoing (including, without limitation, returned or repossessed goods), (v) all reserves and credit balances with respect to any such accounts receivable or account debtors, (vi) all letters of credit, security or Guarantees of any of the foregoing, (vii) all insurance policies or reports relating to any of the foregoing, (viii) all collection or deposit accounts relating to any of the foregoing, (ix) all books and records relating to any of the foregoing, (x) all instruments, contract rights, chattel paper, documents and general intangibles relating to any of the foregoing, and (xi) all proceeds of any of the foregoing. "Receivables Program Debt" means, with respect to any Person, the unreturned portion of the amount funded by the investors under a Receivables Program of such Person. "Registration Rights Agreement" means the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of March 12, 2004 by and among the Company and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time. "Regulation S" means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act. "Regulation S Global Note" means the Global Note representing the Notes offered and sold outside the United States in reliance on Regulation S. "Reinvestment Rate" means 0.50% plus the arithmetic mean of the yields under the respective headings "This Week" and "Last Week" published in the Statistical Release under the caption "Treasury Constant Maturities" for the maturity (rounded to the nearest month) corresponding to the maturity of the principal being prepaid. If no maturity exactly corresponds to such maturity, yields for the two published maturities most closely corresponding to such maturity shall be calculated pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence and the Reinvestment Rate shall be interpolated or extrapolated from such yields on a straight-line basis, rounding in each of such relevant periods to the nearest month. For the purpose of calculating the Reinvestment Rate, the most recent Statistical Release published prior to the date of determination of the Make-Whole Amount shall be used. "Responsible Officer," when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the Corporate Trust Administration Department of the Trustee (or any successor group of the Trustee) or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject. "Restricted Definitive Note" means a Definitive Note bearing the Restricted Notes Legend. "Restricted Global Note" means a Global Note bearing the Restricted Notes Legend. "Restricted Investment" means any Investment other than a Permitted Investment. "Restricted Notes Legend" means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(i) to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture. 13

"Restricted Period" with respect to any Restricted Global Note, means the 40 consecutive days beginning on and including the later of (i) the commencement of the offering of the Notes to persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S) in reliance on Regulation S and (ii) the date of the original issuance of the Notes. "Restricted Subsidiary" of a Person means any Subsidiary of the referent Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary. "Rule 144" means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. "Rule 144A" means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act. "Rule 501" means Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act. "Rule 903" means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act. "Rule 904" means Rule 904 promulgated the Securities Act. "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission. "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. "Senior Subordinated Notes" means the Company's 10 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009 issued pursuant to the Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture. "Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture" means that certain indenture between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association (formerly State Street Bank and Trust Company), as trustee, as amended or supplemented from time to time, relating to the Senior Subordinated Notes. "Shelf Registration Statement" means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement. "Significant Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary that would be a "significant subsidiary" as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the date hereof assuming that the Company were the "registrant" for purposes of such definition; provided that in no event shall a "Significant Subsidiary" include (i) any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company created for the primary purpose of facilitating one or more Receivables Programs or holding or purchasing inventory, (ii) any non-operating Subsidiary which does not have any liabilities to Persons other than the Company or its Subsidiaries, or (iii) any Unrestricted Subsidiary. "Stated Maturity" means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which such payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and shall not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof. "Statistical Release" means the statistical release designated "H.15(519)" or any successor publication which is published weekly by the Federal Reserve System and which establishes yields on actively traded U.S. government securities adjusted to constant maturities or, if such statistical release is not published at the time of any determination hereunder, then such reasonably comparable index which shall be designated by the Company. 14

"Strategic Investment" means any Investment in any Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) whose primary business is related, ancillary or complementary to a Permitted Business, and such Investment is determined in good faith by the Board of Directors (or senior officers of the Company to whom the Board of Directors has duly delegated the authority to make such a determination), whose determination shall be conclusive and evidenced by a resolution, to promote or significantly benefit the businesses of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of such Investment; provided that, with respect to any Strategic Investment or series of related Strategic Investments involving aggregate consideration in excess of $10.0 million, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company set forth in an Officer's Certificate certifying that such Investment qualifies as a Strategic Investment pursuant to this definition. "Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person: (i) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof), and (ii) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general partners of which are such Person or of one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof). "Supply Agreement" means that certain Packaging & Test Services Agreement dated as of January 1, 1998, among the Company, our predecessor company (Amkor Electronics, Inc.), Amkor Technology Limited (f/k/a C.I.L. Limited), Anam Semiconductor, Inc. and Anam USA, Inc., as the same may be extended or renewed from time to time without alteration of the material terms thereof. "TIA" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. Sections 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the TIA. "Total Tangible Assets of the Foreign Subsidiaries" means, as of any date, the total assets of all of the Foreign Subsidiaries of the Company as of such date less the amount of the intangible assets of the Foreign Subsidiaries of the Company as of such date. "Transition Services Agreement" means that certain Transition Services Agreement entered into by and between the Company and Anam Semiconductor, Inc. in connection with the Asset Purchase Agreement, as the same may be extended or renewed from time to time without alteration of the material terms thereof. "Trustee" means the party named as such above until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder. "Unrestricted Definitive Note" means one or more Definitive Notes that do not bear and are not required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend. "Unrestricted Global Note" means a permanent global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the "Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note" attached thereto, and that is deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary, representing a series of Notes that do not bear the Restricted Notes Legend. "Unrestricted Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of the Company that is designated by the Board of Directors as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a Board Resolution, but only to the extent that such Subsidiary: (i) has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt, (ii) is a Person with respect 15

to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (a) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (b) to maintain or preserve such Person's financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results, (iii) has not Guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and (iv) has at least one director on its board of directors that is not a director or executive officer of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and has at least one executive officer that is not a director or executive officer of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the Board Resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officers' Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted by Section 4.07 hereof. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it shall thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of the Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under Section 4.09 hereof, the Company shall be in default of such covenant. The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such designation shall be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation shall only be permitted if (i) such Indebtedness is permitted under Section 4.09 hereof, calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter reference period; and (ii) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation. "U.S. Person" means a U.S. person as defined in Rule 902(o) under the Securities Act. "Voting Stock" of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person. "Weighted Average Life to Maturity" means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing (a) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (x) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (y) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment, by (b) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness. "Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary" of any Person means a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person all of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors' qualifying shares or similar shares required by law to be held by third parties) shall at the time be owned by such Person and/or by one or more Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person. Section 1.02. Other Definitions. Defined in Term Section - ---- ------- "Affiliate Transaction"............................................................ 4.11 "Asset Sale"....................................................................... 4.10 "Asset Sale Offer"................................................................. 3.09 "Authentication Order"............................................................. 2.02 "Calculation Date" ................................................................ 1.01 16

"Change of Control Offer".......................................................... 4.14 "Change of Control Payment"........................................................ 4.14 "Change of Control Payment Date"................................................... 4.14 "Covenant Defeasance".............................................................. 8.03 "DTC" ............................................................................. 2.03 "Event of Default"................................................................. 6.01 "Excess Proceeds".................................................................. 4.10 "IAI Global Note................................................................... 2.01 "incur"............................................................................ 4.09 "Legal Defeasance"................................................................. 8.02 "Offer Amount"..................................................................... 3.09 "Offer Period"..................................................................... 3.09 "Paying Agent"..................................................................... 2.03 "Permitted Debt"................................................................... 4.09 "Purchase Agreement" ............................................................. 2.01 "Purchase Date".................................................................... 3.09 "Reference Period" ................................................................ 4.09 "Registrar"........................................................................ 2.03 "Restricted Payments".............................................................. 4.07 "Trustee" ......................................................................... 8.05 Section 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings: "indenture securities" means the Notes; "indenture security Holder" means a Holder of a Note; "indenture to be qualified" means this Indenture; "indenture trustee" or "institutional trustee" means the Trustee; and "obligor" on the Notes and the Note Guarantees means the Company and the Guarantors, respectively, and any successor obligor upon the Notes and the Note Guarantees, respectively. All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them. Section 1.04. Rules of Construction. Unless the context otherwise requires: (a) a term has the meaning assigned to it; (b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 17

(c) "or" is not exclusive; (d) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular; (e) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and (f) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement of successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time. ARTICLE 2 THE NOTES Section 2.01. Form and Dating. (a) General. The Notes and the Trustee's certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The initial Notes issued on the date hereof (the "Initial Notes") will be (i) offered and sold by the Company pursuant to the Purchase Agreement dated March 9, 2004 (the "Purchase Agreement") and (ii) distributed initially only to (A) QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A and (B) Non-U.S. Persons in reliance on Regulation S. Such Initial Notes may thereafter be transferred to, among others, QIBs, purchasers in reliance on Regulation S and, except as set forth below, IAIs in accordance with Rule 501. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof. The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Company and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling. (b) Global Notes. The Notes issued in global form, without interest coupons, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the "Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note" attached thereto). (i) The Notes offered and sold to QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A shall be issued initially in the form of one or more 144A Global Notes, which shall be deposited with, or on behalf of, DTC, or will remain in the custody of the Trustee pursuant to an agreement between DTC and the Trustee. (ii) The Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of one or more Regulation S Global Notes, which shall be deposited with, or on behalf of, a custodian for DTC, as described in (i) above, for credit to the respective accounts of the purchasers (or to such other accounts as they may direct) at Euroclear or Clearstream. (iii) In connection with the resale of notes to an Institutional Accredited Investor, beneficial interests in any of the Global Notes may be exchanged for interests in a separate note in registered form, without interest coupons (the "IAI Global Note"), which will be deposited with, or on behalf of, a custodian for DTC as described in (i) and (ii) above. 18

(iv) Unrestricted Global Notes shall be issued in accordance with Section 2.06(b)(v), 2.06(d)(ii), 2.06(d)(iii) and 2.06(f) and shall be deposited, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. (v) Notes issued in definitive form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the "Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note" attached thereto). Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified therein and each shall provide that it shall represent the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof. Section 2.02. Execution and Authentication. Two Officers shall sign the Notes for the Company by manual or facsimile signature. If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid. A Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture. The Trustee shall, upon a written order of the Company signed by two Officers (an "Authentication Order"), authenticate Notes for original issue up to the aggregate principal amount stated in paragraph 4 of the Notes. The aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding at any time may not exceed such amount except as provided in Section 2.07 hereof. The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Company. Section 2.03. Registrar and Paying Agent. The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange ("Registrar") and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment ("Paying Agent"). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term "Registrar" includes any co-registrar and the term "Paying Agent" includes any additional paying agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 19

The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company ("DTC") to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes. The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes. Section 2.04. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. The Company shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment in accordance with Section 2.13. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for the money. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes. Section 2.05. Holder Lists. The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA Section 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes and the Company shall otherwise comply with TIA Section 312(a). Section 2.06. Transfer and Exchange. (a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. A Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. All Global Notes will be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes if (i) the Company delivers to the Trustee notice from the Depositary that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary or that it ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 90 days after the date of such notice from the Depositary or of such cessation (ii) the Company in its sole discretion determines that the Global Notes (in whole but not in part) should be exchanged for Definitive Notes and delivers a written notice to such effect to the Trustee or (iii) an Event of Default has occurred or is continuing. Upon the occurrence of either of the preceding events in (i), (ii) or (iii) above, Definitive Notes shall be issued in such names as the Depositary shall instruct the Trustee. Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a), however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b), (c) or (f) hereof. 20

(b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with subparagraphs (i) through (v) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable: (i) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Restricted Notes Legend. Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(i). (ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(i) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either (A) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase or (B) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above. Upon consummation of an Exchange Offer by the Company in accordance with Section 2.06(f) hereof, the requirements of this Section 2.06(b)(ii) shall be deemed to have been satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar of the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal delivered by the Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof. Transfers by an owner of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global or the IAI Global Note to a transferee who takes delivery of such interest through the Regulation S Global Note, whether before or after the expiration of the Restricted Period, shall be made only upon receipt by the Trustee of a certification from the transferor to the effect that such transfer is being made in accordance with Regulation S or (if available) Rule 144 under the Securities Act and that, if such transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the interest transferred shall be held immediately thereafter through Euroclear or Clearstream. In the case of a transfer of a beneficial interest in either the Regulation S Global Note or the Rule 144A Global Note for an interest in the IAI Global Note, the transferee must furnish a signed letter substantially in the form of Exhibit D to the Trustee. (iii) Restrictions on Transfer of Regulation S Global Note (A) Prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, interests in the Regulation S Global Note may only be held through Euroclear or Clearstream. Prior to 21

the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers by an owner of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note to a transferee who takes delivery of such interest through the Rule 144A Global Note or the IAI Global Note shall be made only in accordance with Applicable Procedures and upon receipt by the Trustee of a written certification from the transferor of the beneficial interest in the form provided by Exhibit B or as otherwise provided by the Company in accordance with applicable law to the effect that such transfer is being made to (i) a person whom the transferor reasonably believes is a QIB within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A or (ii) an IAI purchasing for its own account, or for the account of such an IAI, in a minimum principal amount of the Notes of $250,000. Such written certification shall not be required after the expiration of the Restricted Period. In the case of a transfer of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note for an interest in the IAI Global Note, the transferee must furnish a signed letter substantially in the form of Exhibit D to the Trustee. (B) Upon the expiration of the Restricted Period, beneficial ownership interests in the Regulation S Global Note shall be transferable in accordance with applicable law and the other terms of this Indenture. (iv) Other Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) above and delivers a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto. (v) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes to Definitive Notes. In the event that a Global Note is exchanged for Definitive Notes in accordance with the terms of this Indenture prior to the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such Notes, such Notes may be exchanged only in accordance with such procedures as are substantially consistent with the provisions of this Section 2.06(c), (d) and (e) (including the certification requirements set forth therein intended to ensure that such transfers comply with Rule 144A, Regulation S or such other applicable exemption from registration under the Securities Act, as the case may be) and such other procedures as may from time to time be adopted by the Company reasonably necessary to comply with applicable law. (vi) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in the Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) above and: (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal or via the Depository's book entry system that it is not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 22

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; (C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or (D) the Registrar receives the following: (1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or (2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Company or the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Restricted Notes Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph B) or (D) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above. Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. (c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes. (i) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: (A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof; (B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 23

(C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; (D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; (E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable; (F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or (G) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i) shall bear the Restricted Notes Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein. (ii) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if: (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; 24

(C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or (D) the Registrar receives the following: (1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note that does not bear the Restricted Notes Legend, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or (2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note that does not bear the Restricted Notes Legend, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Company or the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Restricted Notes Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. (iii) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iii) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iii) shall not bear the Restricted Notes Legend. (d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests. (i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: (A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof; 25

(B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; (C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; (D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; (E) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable; (F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or (G) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof, the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Restricted Global Note. (ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if: (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; (C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or (D) the Registrar receives the following: 26

(1) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or (2) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Company or the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Restricted Notes Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.06(d)(ii), the Trustee shall cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note. (iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes. If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraphs (ii)(B), (ii)(D) or (iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred. (e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder's compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e). (i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following: (A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 27

(B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and (C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption, including any such transfer to an Institutional Accredited Investor, from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable. (ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if: (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; (B) any such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; (C) any such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or (D) the Registrar receives the following: (1) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or (2) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Restricted Notes Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. (iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, 28

the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof. (f) Exchange Offer. Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02, the Trustee shall authenticate (i) one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (x) they are not broker-dealers, (y) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (z) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer and (ii) Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Restricted Definitive Notes accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer. Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes to be reduced accordingly, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Persons designated by the Holders of Definitive Notes so accepted Definitive Notes in the appropriate principal amount. (g) Legends. The following legends shall appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture. (i) Restricted Notes Legend. (A) Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form: "THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH NOTE, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE "RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE") WHICH IS TWO YEARS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND LAST DATE ON WHICH THE COMPANY OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY WAS THE OWNER OF THIS NOTE (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH NOTE), ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT ("RULE 144A"), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A "QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER" AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (E) TO AN "ACCREDITED INVESTOR" WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR ACQUIRING THE NOTE FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE 29

NOTES OF $250,000, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR OFFER OF SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY'S AND THE TRUSTEE'S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE." (B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraphs (b)(v), (c)(ii), (c)(iii), (d)(ii), (d)(iii), (e)(ii), (e)(iii) or (f) to this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall not bear the Restricted Notes Legend. (ii) Global Note Legend. Each Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form: "THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.07 OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY." (h) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase. (i) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges. (i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon the Company's order or at the Registrar's request. (ii) No service charge shall be made to a holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the 30

Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.10, 4.14 and 9.05 hereof). (iii) The Registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. (iv) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange. (v) The Company shall not be required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection or (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a record date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date. (vi) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary. (vii) The Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof. (viii) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile. Section 2.07. Replacement Notes. If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Company shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee's requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Company, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company may charge for its expenses in replacing a Note. Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder. Section 2.08. Outstanding Notes. The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section as 31

not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note. If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser. If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue. If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest. Section 2.09. Treasury Notes. In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company, shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Section 2.10. Temporary Notes. Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. Holders of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture. Section 2.11. Cancellation. The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall destroy canceled Notes (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act). Certification of the destruction of all canceled Notes shall be delivered to the Company. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. Section 2.12. Defaulted Interest. If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Company shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date, provided that no such special record date shall 32

be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company) shall mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid. Section 2.13. Liquidated Damages. If liquidated Damages are payable by the Company pursuant to Section 5 of the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee a certificate to that effect stating (i) the amount of such Liquidated Damages that are payable and (ii) the date on which such damages are payable. Unless and until a Responsible Officer of the Trustee receives such a certificate or instruction or direction from the Holders in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Trustee may assume without inquiry that no Liquidated Damages are payable. The foregoing shall not prejudice the rights of the Holders with respect to their entitlement to liquidated damages as otherwise set forth in the Indenture and pursuing any action against the Company directly or otherwise directing the Trustee to take any such action in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. If the Company has paid Liquidated Damages directly to the persons entitled to them, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee a certificate setting forth the particulars of such payment. ARTICLE 3 REDEMPTION AND REPAYMENT Section 3.01. Notices to Trustee. If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07 hereof, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least 30 days (or such shorter period as may be acceptable to the Trustee) but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an Officers' Certificate setting forth (i) the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the redemption date, (iii) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and (iv) the redemption price. Section 3.02. Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed. If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed or purchased in an offer to purchase at any time, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed or purchased among the Holders of the Notes in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed or, if the Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or in accordance with any other method the Trustee considers fair and appropriate. In the event of partial redemption by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed shall be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. Notes and portions of Notes selected shall be in amounts of $1,000 or whole multiples of $1,000; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000, shall be redeemed. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption. 33

Section 3.03. Notice of Redemption Subject to the provisions of Section 3.09 hereof, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Company shall mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state: (a) the redemption date; (b) the redemption price; (c) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion shall be issued upon cancellation of the original Note; (d) the name and address of the Paying Agent; (e) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price; (f) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date; (g) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and (h) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes. At the Company's request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Company's name and at its expense; provided, however, that the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least 45 days (or such shorter period as may be acceptable to the Trustee) prior to the redemption date, an Officers' Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph. Section 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption. Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price. A notice of redemption may not be conditional. Section 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price. Prior to 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the redemption date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest on all Notes to be redeemed on that date. The trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued interest on, all Notes to be redeemed. 34

If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption. If a Note is redeemed on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption because of the failure of the Company to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. Section 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part. Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Company shall issue and, upon the Company's written request, the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered. Section 3.07. Optional Redemption. (a) Except as set forth in paragraphs (b) and (c) below, the Notes will not be redeemable at the option of the Company prior to March 15, 2011. (b) The Notes are subject to redemption, as a whole or in part, at the election of the Company, at a price equal to the sum of (i) 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued interest to the redemption date plus (ii) the Make-Whole Amount, if any. (b) At any time, and from time to time, prior to March 15, 2007, the Company may redeem up to a maximum of 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued hereunder with the proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount) equal to 107.125% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date (subject to the rights of Holders of record on the relevant interest record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date); provided, however, that after giving effect to such redemption, at least 65% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries) remains outstanding. Any such redemption shall be made within 45 days of the closing of such Equity Offering. (c) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.01 through 3.06 hereof. Section 3.08. No Mandatory Redemption. The Company shall not be required to make mandatory redemption payments with respect to the Notes. Section 3.09. Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds. In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof, the Company shall be required to commence an offer to all Holders to purchase Notes and to all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in Section 4.10 hereof (an "Asset Sale Offer"), it shall follow the procedures specified below. 35

The Asset Sale Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following its commencement and no longer, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the "Offer Period"). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the "Purchase Date"), the Company shall purchase the principal amount of Notes required to be purchased pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof and such other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to Section 4.10 hereof that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds (the "Offer Amount") or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner as interest payments are made. If the Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company shall send, by first class mail, a notice to the Trustee and each of the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. The Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders. The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, shall state: (a) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.10 hereof and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer shall remain open; (b) the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date; (c) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrete or accrue interest; (d) that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer shall cease to accrete or accrue interest after the Purchase Date; (e) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in integral multiples of $1,000 only; (f) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled "Option of Holder to Elect Purchase" on the reverse of the Note completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Company, a depositary, if appointed by the Company, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date; (g) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Company, the depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased; (h) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders and Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to Section 4.10 exceeds the Offer Amount, the Company shall select the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness to be 36

purchased on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that only Notes in denominations of $1,000, or integral multiples thereof, shall be purchased); and (i) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer). On or before the Purchase Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered, and shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09. The Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly (but in any case not later than five Business Days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company shall promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon written request from the Company shall authenticate and mail or deliver such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof. The Company shall publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on the Purchase Date. ARTICLE 4 COVENANTS Section 4.01. Payment of Notes. The Company shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due. The Company shall pay all Liquidated Damages, if any, in the same manner on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to 1% per annum in excess of the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Liquidated Damages (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful. Section 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Company shall maintain in The Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an Affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. 37

The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in The Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York for such purposes. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.03. Section 4.03. Reports. (a) Whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the SEC, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company shall file with the SEC, if permitted, all of the reports and other information as it would be required to file with the SEC by Sections 13(a) and 15(d) under the Exchange Act as if it were subject thereto. The Company shall supply the Trustees and each Holder of Notes, or shall supply to the Trustees for forwarding to each Holder of Notes, without cost to any such Holder, copies of such reports and other information (whether or not so filed). The Company shall at all times comply with TIA Section 314(a). (b) For so long as any Notes remain outstanding, the Company shall furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. Section 4.04. Compliance Certificate. (a) The Company and each Guarantor (to the extent that such Guarantor is so required under the TIA) shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officers' Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto) and that to the best of his or her knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of or interest, if any, on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the event and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. (b) So long as not contrary to the then current recommendations of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, the year-end financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 4.03(a) above shall be accompanied by a written statement of the Company's independent public accountants (who shall be a firm of established national reputation) that in making the examination necessary for certification of such financial statements, nothing has come to their attention that would lead them to believe that the Company has violated any provisions of Article 4 or Article 5 hereof or, if any such violation has occurred, specifying the nature and period of existence thereof, it being understood that such accountants shall not be liable directly or indirectly to any Person for any failure to obtain knowledge of any such violation. 38

(c) The Company shall, so long as any of the Notes are outstanding, deliver to the Trustee, forthwith upon any Officer becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officers' Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. Any failure of the Company to take any action within a period of time explicitly or implicitly required by this Section 4.04 or Section 4.03 should be deemed cured upon the Company's taking such action. Section 4.05. Taxes. The Company shall pay, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes. Section 4.06. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted. Section 4.07. Restricted Payments. The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly: (i) declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of the Company's or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries' Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the direct or indirect holders of the Company's or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries' Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other than dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company), (ii) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including, without limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company) any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than any such Equity Interests owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company), (iii) make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Indebtedness that is subordinated to the Notes, including the Senior Subordinated Notes, except a payment of interest or principal at the Stated Maturity thereof, or (iv) make any Restricted Investment (all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) above being collectively referred to as "Restricted Payments"), unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment: (a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof; and 39

(b) the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the first paragraph of Section 4.09 hereof; and (c) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (ii), (iii), (iv), (vii) and (ix) of the next succeeding paragraph), is less than the sum, without duplication, of (i) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning of the fiscal quarter commencing on April 1, 2003 to the end of the Company's most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, if such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, less 100% of such deficit), plus (ii) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Company since May 8, 2003 as a contribution to its common equity capital or from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) (other than Equity Interests (or Disqualified Stock or debt securities) sold to a Subsidiary of the Company), plus (iii) to the extent that any Restricted Investment that was made after the Issue Date is sold for cash or otherwise liquidated or repaid for cash, the lesser of (A) the cash return of capital with respect to such Restricted Investment (less the cost of disposition, if any) and (B) the initial amount of such Restricted Investment, plus (iv) the amount by which (A) Indebtedness (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary issued after the Issue Date is reduced on the Company's consolidated balance sheet (if prepared in accordance with GAAP as of the date of determination) and (B) Disqualified Stock of the Company issued after the Issue Date (held by any Person other than any Restricted Subsidiary) is reduced (measured with reference to its redemption or repurchase price), in each case, as a result of the conversion or exchange of any such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock into Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company, less, in each case, any cash distributed by the Company upon such conversion or exchange, plus (v) to the extent that any Investment in any Unrestricted Subsidiary that was made after the Issue Date is sold for cash or otherwise liquidated, repaid for cash or such Unrestricted Subsidiary is converted into a Restricted Subsidiary, the lesser of (A) an amount equal to the sum of (I) the net reduction in Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries resulting from dividends, repayments of loans or advances or other transfers of assets, in each case to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from Unrestricted Subsidiaries, and (II) the fair market value of the net assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time such Unrestricted Subsidiary is designated a Restricted Subsidiary, and (B) the remaining amount of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary which has not been repaid or converted into cash or assets. The preceding provisions will not prohibit: (i) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby and such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture, (ii) the making of any payment on or with respect to, or in connection with, the redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition of, any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is subordinated to the Notes or of any Equity Interests of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of, Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or any subordinated Indebtedness of the Company; provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition shall be excluded from clause (c)(ii) of the preceding paragraph, (iii) the making of any payment on or with respect to, or in connection with, the defeasance, redemption, repurchase or other acquisition of Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is subordinated to the Notes with the net cash proceeds from the incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, (iv) the payment of any dividend by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the holders of its common Capital Stock on a pro 40

rata basis, (v) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company held by any employee of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any employee equity subscription agreement, stock ownership plan or stock option agreement in effect from time to time; provided that the aggregate price paid for all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests shall not exceed $2.0 million in any twelve-month period and $10.0 million in the aggregate, (vi) the making of any payment on or with respect to, or repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of the 5.75% subordinated convertible notes due 2006 or the 5.0% subordinated convertible notes due 2007 in connection with (A) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, an optional redemption of such subordinated convertible notes on or after the dates such notes become redeemable, or (B) the honoring by the Company of any conversion request into capital stock (other than Disqualified Stock) by a holder of the convertible notes or any future convertible notes of the Company (including the payment by the Company of any cash in lieu of fractional shares) in accordance with their terms, (vii) that portion of Investments the payment for which consists exclusively of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company, (viii) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $75.0 million, (ix) the repurchase of Equity Interests of the Company that may be deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price thereof, (x) any payments to one or more shareholders of the Company in connection with settling shareholder obligations for income taxes in respect of tax periods ending prior to the conversion of the Company from "S" corporation status to "C" corporation status, (xi) in the case of an Asset Sale, any Asset Sale Offer after the Company has complied with its obligations to the Holders of the Notes under the "Asset Sale" covenant contained in the Indenture, and (xii) in the case of a Change of Control, any Change of Control Offer to repurchase the Senior Subordinated Notes after the Company has complied with its obligations to the Holders of the Notes under the "Change of Control" covenant contained in the Indenture. The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the fair market value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any assets or securities that are required to be valued by this covenant with a fair market value in excess of $1.0 million but less than $5.0 million shall be evidenced by an Officer's Certificate which shall be delivered to the Trustee. The fair market value of any assets or securities that are required to be valued by this covenant with a fair market value in excess of $5.0 million shall be determined by the Board of Directors whose resolution with respect thereto shall be delivered to the Trustee. Not later than the date of making any Restricted Payment, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that such Restricted Payment is permitted and setting forth the basis upon which the calculations required by this Section 4.07 were computed, together with a copy of any fairness opinion or appraisal required by this Indenture. Section 4.08. Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to (a)(i) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (A) on its Capital Stock or (B) with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits or (ii) pay any indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (b) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (c) transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, except for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reasons of (i) Existing Indebtedness as in effect on the date hereof and any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, 41

refundings, replacements or refinancings thereof, provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in such Existing Indebtedness, as in effect on the date hereof, (ii) this Indenture and the Notes, (iii) applicable law, (iv) any instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness was incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired, provided that, in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred, (v) customary non-assignment provisions in leases, licenses and other contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices, (vi) purchase money obligations or Capital Lease Obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions on the property so acquired of the nature described in clause (c) above, (vii) any agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Restricted Subsidiary that restricts dividends, distributions, loans, advances or transfers by such Restricted Subsidiary pending its sale or other disposition, (viii) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, provided that the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced, (ix) agreements entered into with respect to Liens securing Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.12 hereof that limit the right of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to dispose of the assets subject to such Lien, (x) provisions with respect to the disposition or distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business, (xi) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, (xii) any Receivables Program, and (xiii) any restriction imposed pursuant to contracts for the sale of assets with respect to the transfer of the assets to be sold pursuant to such contract. Section 4.09. Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, "incur") any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), and the Company will not issue any Disqualified Stock and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of preferred stock; provided, however, that the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), and the Company may issue Disqualified Stock, and any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor may issue preferred stock, if the Consolidated Interest Expense Coverage Ratio for the Company's most recently ended four full fiscal quarters (the "Reference Period") for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or preferred stock is issued would have been at least 2.0 to 1, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or preferred stock had been issued, as the case may be, at the beginning of such four-quarter period. The first paragraph of this covenant will not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness (collectively, "Permitted Debt"): (i) the incurrence by the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary of any Permitted Bank Debt; provided that the aggregate principal amount of all Permitted Bank Debt at any one 42

time outstanding shall not exceed $100.0 million plus 85% of the consolidated accounts receivable of the Company plus 50% of the consolidated inventory of the Company; (ii) the incurrence by the Company and its Subsidiaries of Existing Indebtedness; (iii) the incurrence by the Company and any Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by the Notes and any Note Guarantees; (iv) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of (a) Indebtedness incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction or improvement of property, plant or equipment used in the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and (b) Capital Lease Obligations, in an aggregate amount at any time outstanding, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (iv), not to exceed the greater of $75.0 million and 10% of the Company's Consolidated Net Assets; (v) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to refund, refinance or replace, Indebtedness (other than intercompany Indebtedness) that was permitted by this Indenture to be incurred under the first paragraph of this covenant or clauses (ii), (iii), (v), (xiii) or (xiv) of this paragraph; (vi) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that: (a) if the Company or any Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness and such Indebtedness is in favor of a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, such Indebtedness must be expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations with respect to the Notes in the case of the Company, or the Note Guarantee and of such Guarantor, in the case of a Guarantor, and (b)(I) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary thereof and (II) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is not either the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary thereof; shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (vi); (vii) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Hedging Obligations that are incurred for the purpose of fixing or hedging interest rate, commodity or currency risk in the ordinary course of business for bona fide hedging purposes; provided that the notional principal amount of any such Hedging Obligation with respect to interest rates does not exceed the amount of Indebtedness or other liability to which such Hedging Obligation relates; (viii) the Guarantee by the Company or any of the Guarantors of Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this Section 4.09; (ix) the incurrence by the Company's Unrestricted Subsidiaries of Non-Recourse Debt; provided, however, that if any such Indebtedness ceases to be Non-Recourse Debt of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such event shall be deemed to constitute an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that was not permitted by this clause (ix); 43

(x) the incurrence of Indebtedness solely in respect of performance, surety and similar bonds or completion or performance Guarantees, to the extent that such incurrence does not result in the incurrence of any obligation for the payment of borrowed money to others; (xi) the incurrence of Indebtedness arising from the agreements of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary; provided, however, that: (a) such Indebtedness is not reflected as a liability on the balance sheet of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, and (b) the maximum assumable liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds, including non-cash proceeds (the fair market value of such non-cash proceeds being measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value), actually received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition; (xii) the accrual of interest, accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Stock; provided, in each such case, that the amount thereof is included in Consolidated Interest Expense of the Company as accrued; (xiii) the incurrence of Indebtedness by Foreign Subsidiaries in an amount not to exceed 10% of the Total Tangible Assets of the Foreign Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; and (xiv) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of additional Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) at any time outstanding, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (xiv), not to exceed $50.0 million. Indebtedness or preferred stock of any Person which is outstanding at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (including upon designation of any Subsidiary or other Person as a Restricted Subsidiary) or is merged with or into or consolidated with the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company shall be deemed to have been incurred at the time such Person becomes such a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or is merged with or into or consolidated with the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, as applicable. The Company will not incur any Indebtedness (including Permitted Debt) that is contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company unless such Indebtedness is also contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Notes on substantially identical terms; provided, however, that no Indebtedness of the Company shall be deemed to be contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company solely by virtue of any Liens, Guarantees, maturity of payments of structural seniority. For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, in the event that an item of proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (i) through (xiv) above, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant, the Company shall, in its sole discretion, classify or reclassify such of Indebtedness (or any part thereof) in any manner that complies with this Section 4.09 and such item of Indebtedness shall be treated as having been incurred pursuant to only one of such clauses or pursuant to the first paragraph of this Section 4.09. 44

For purposes of determining any particular amount of Indebtedness under this covenant, Guarantees, Liens or obligations in support of letters of credit supporting Indebtedness shall not be included to the extent such letters of credit are included in the amount of such Indebtedness. Any increase in the amount of any Indebtedness solely by reason of currency fluctuations shall not be considered an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this covenant. Accrual of interest and the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 4.09. Section 4.10. Asset Sales. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to: (i) sell, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of any assets or rights (including by way of a sale-and-leaseback) other than sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business (provided that the sale, lease, conveyance or other distribution of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, shall be governed by the provisions of Sections 4.14 and 5.01 hereof and not by the last paragraph of this section), or (ii) with respect to the Company, sell Equity Interests in any of its Subsidiaries, or (iii) with respect to the Company's Restricted Subsidiaries, issue Equity Interests (each of the foregoing, an "Asset Sale"), unless (x) the Company (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value (evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors set forth in an Officers' Certificate delivered to the Trustee) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of and (y) at least 75% of the consideration received therefor by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or other Qualified Proceeds. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following shall not be deemed to be Asset Sales: (i) any single transaction or series of related transactions that (a) involves assets having a fair market value of less than $2.0 million or (b) results in net proceeds to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of less than $2.0 million, (ii) a transfer of assets between or among the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary, (iii) an issuance of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or to another Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, (iv) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any Receivable Program Assets by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with a Receivables Program, (v) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any inventory, receivables or other current assets by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, (vi) the granting of a Permitted Lien, (vi) the licensing by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of intellectual property in the ordinary course of business or on commercially reasonable terms, (vii) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of obsolete or worn out equipment or equipment no longer useful in the Company's business, and (viii) the making or liquidating of any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted by Section 4.07 hereof. Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from any Asset Sale, the Company (or such Restricted Subsidiary) may apply such Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale, at its option, either (a) to repay Permitted Bank Debt, and if such Permitted Bank Debt is revolving debt, to effect a corresponding commitment reduction thereunder, (b) to acquire all or substantially all of the assets of, or a majority of the Voting Stock of, another Permitted Business, (c) to make a capital expenditure, or (d) to acquire any other long-term assets that are used or useful in a Permitted Business. Pending the final application of any such Net Proceeds, the Company (or such Restricted Subsidiary) may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture. Any Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale that are not finally applied or invested as provided in the first sentence of this paragraph will be deemed to constitute "Excess Proceeds." Within five days of each date on which the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $10 million, the Company shall 45

commence a pro rata Asset Sale Offer pursuant to Section 3.09 hereof to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages thereon, if any, to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.09 hereof. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company (or such Subsidiary) may use such deficiency for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. Upon completion of such offer to purchase, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be deemed to be reset at zero. Section 4.11. Transactions with Affiliates. The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or Guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate (each, an "Affiliate Transaction"), unless: (a) such Affiliate Transaction (when viewed together with related Affiliate Transactions, if any) is on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person, and (b) the Company delivers to the Trustee (i) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $10.0 million, a resolution of the Board of Directors set forth in an Officers' Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with this covenant and that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors (of which there must be at least one), and (ii) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $25.0 million, an opinion as to the fairness to the Holders of such Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of view issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing; provided that (x) the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may enter into Affiliate Transactions pursuant to the Supply Agreement, the Foundry Agreement, the Asset Purchase Agreement, the Transition Services Agreement and the Intellectual Property Rights Licensing Agreement, and may amend, modify and supplement such agreements from time to time, so long as the Company shall have determined that any such amendment, modification or supplement will not have a material adverse economic effect on the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and (y) the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may only enter into transactions pursuant to the Supply Agreement, the Foundry Agreement, the Asset Purchase Agreement, the Transition Services Agreement and the Intellectual Property Rights Licensing Agreement, and amend, modify and supplement such agreements from time to time, in circumstances in which clause (x) is not applicable, if a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors (of which there must be at least one) shall have approved such transaction, amendment, modification or supplement; provided, further, that in the case of both clauses (x) and (y), the Company shall deliver to the Trustee within 30 days of such transaction, amendment, modification or supplement an Officer's Certificate (1) describing the transaction, amendment, modification or supplement approved, (2) in the case of transactions, amendments, modifications and supplements to which clause (x) is applicable, setting forth the determination of the Company required pursuant to clause (x), and (3) in the case of transactions, amendments, modifications and supplements to which clause (y) is applicable, attaching a resolution of the Board of Directors certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with this covenant. The following items shall not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, will not be subject to the provisions of the prior paragraphs: (a) any employment agreement or arrangement entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any employee benefit plan available to employees of the Company and its 46

Subsidiaries generally, in each case in the ordinary course of business and consistent with the past practice of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary; (b) Affiliate Transactions between or among the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries; (c) payment of reasonable directors fees to Persons who are not otherwise Affiliates of the Company and indemnity provided on behalf of officers, directors and employees of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company; (d) any Affiliate Transactions pursuant to which the Company makes short-term advances or otherwise makes short-term loans to Anam Semiconductor, Inc., which advances or loans are to be repaid by Anam Semiconductor, Inc. (i) within three months from the date of such advance or loan and (ii) by offsets by the Company of amounts payable by the Company to Anam Semiconductor, Inc. pursuant to the Supply Agreement, if a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors (of which there must be at least one) shall have approved such transaction, amendment, modification or supplement; provided that the total amount of such advances and loans outstanding at any one time shall not exceed $50.0 million; and (e) any Restricted Payments that are permitted by Section 4.07 hereof. For purposes of this Section 4.11, any transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions between the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and an Affiliate that is approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors (of which there must be at least one to utilize this method of approval) and evidenced by a board resolution or for which a fairness opinion has been issued shall be deemed to be on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person and thus shall be permitted under this Section 4.11. Section 4.12. Liens. The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien of any kind securing Indebtedness on any asset now owned or hereafter acquired, except Permitted Liens, unless the Notes are equally and ratably secured with the obligations so secured for as long as such Indebtedness will be so secured. Section 4.13. Corporate Existence. Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect (i) its corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of its Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or any such Subsidiary and (ii) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company and its Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of its Subsidiaries, if the Board of Directors shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes. 47

Section 4.14. Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control. (a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company shall make an offer (a "Change of Control Offer") to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) of each Holder's Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages thereon, if any, to the date of purchase (the "Change of Control Payment"). Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company shall mail a notice to each Holder stating: (i) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.14 and that all Notes tendered will be accepted for payment, (ii) the purchase price and the purchase date, which shall be no later than 30 business days from the date such notice is mailed (the "Change of Control Payment Date"), (iii) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest, (iv) that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control Payment Date, (v) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender the Notes, with the form entitled "Option of Holder to Elect Purchase" on the reverse of the Notes completed, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, (vi) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the second Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of Notes delivered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have the Notes purchased, and (vii) that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, which unpurchased portion must be equal to $1,000 in principal amount or an integral multiple thereof. The Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes in connection with a Change of Control. (b) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful, (i) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, (ii) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered, and (iii) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officers' Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof being purchased by the Company. The Paying Agent shall promptly mail to each Holder of Notes so tendered payment in an amount equal to the purchase price for the Notes, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered by such Holder, if any; provided, that each such new Note shall be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof. The Company shall publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date. (c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.14, the Company shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.14 and Section 3.09 hereof and all other provisions of this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. 48

Section 4.15. Amendment of Subordination Provisions. Without the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, the Company will not amend, modify or alter the Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture in any way that will (i) increase the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Senior Subordinated Notes, (ii) increase the principal of, advance the final maturity date of or shorten the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of any Senior Subordinated Notes, (iii) alter the redemption provisions or the price or terms at which the Company is required to offer to purchase any Senior Subordinated Notes, or (iv) amend the provisions of Article 10 of the Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture (which relate to subordination). Section 4.16. Limitation on Issuances and Sales of Capital Stock in Wholly Owned Subsidiaries. The Company (a) shall not, and shall not permit any of Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company to, transfer, convey, sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any Equity Interests in any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to any Person (other than the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company), unless (i) such transfer, conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition is of all the Equity Interests in such Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or immediately following such transfer, conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition, the Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary is a Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) the cash Net Proceeds from such transfer, conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition are applied in accordance with Section 4.10 hereof, and (b) shall not permit any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to issue any of its Equity Interests (other than, if necessary, shares of its Capital Stock constituting directors' qualifying shares) to any Person other than to the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company unless immediately following such issuance the Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary is a Restricted Subsidiary. Section 4.17. Payments for Consent. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder of any Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid or is paid to all Holders of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement. Section 4.18. Subsidiary Guarantees. If the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall acquire, create or capitalize a Domestic Subsidiary after the date of this Indenture that is a Significant Subsidiary, then that newly acquired, created or capitalized Subsidiary must become a Guarantor and execute a supplemental indenture satisfactory to the Trustee and deliver an Opinion of Counsel, in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, to the Trustee within 10 Business Days of the date on which it was acquired or created. The form of such Supplemental Indenture is attached as Exhibit F hereto. Section 4.19. Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries. The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary so long as such designation would not cause a Default hereunder. If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of such designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted 49

Payments under the first paragraph of Section 4.07 hereof or Permitted Investments, as applicable. All such outstanding Investments will be valued at their fair market value at the time of such designation. That designation will only be permitted if such Restricted Payment would be permitted at that time and if such Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors may redesignate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary if the redesignation would not cause a Default hereunder. Section 4.20. Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into any sale and leaseback transaction; provided that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may enter into a sale and leaseback transaction if (i) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, could have incurred Indebtedness in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt relating to such sale and leaseback transaction (if the lease is in the nature of an operating lease, otherwise the amount of Indebtedness) under the Consolidated Interest Expense Coverage Ratio test in the first paragraph of Section 4.09 hereof, and (ii) the transfer of assets in that sale and leaseback transaction is permitted by, and the Company applies the proceeds of such transaction in compliance with, Section 4.10 hereof. The foregoing restrictions shall not apply to any sale and leaseback transaction if (i) the transaction is solely between the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary or between Restricted Subsidiaries, or (ii) the sale and leaseback transaction is consummated within 180 days after the purchase of the assets subject to such transaction. ARTICLE 5 SUCCESSORS Section 5.01. Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets. The Company shall not, directly or indirectly, consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation) or sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to another Person, unless (i) the Company is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, (ii) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made assumes all the obligations of the Company under the Registration Rights Agreement, the Notes and this Indenture pursuant to a supplemental indenture in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, (iii) immediately after such transaction no Default or Event of Default exists, (iv) except in the case of the amalgamation, consolidation or merger of the Company with or into a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or with or into any Person solely for the purpose of effecting a change in the state of incorporation of the Company, the Company or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) shall, on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Interest Expense Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of Section 4.09 hereof, and (v) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer's Certificate stating that such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition complies with this Indenture. In addition, the Company shall not, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any other Person. The provisions of this Section 5.01 shall not be applicable 50

to a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of assets by the Company to any of its Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries. Section 5.02. Successor Corporation Substituted. Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in accordance with Section 5.01 hereof, the successor corporation formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Company is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the "Company" shall refer instead to the successor corporation and not to the Company), and may exercise every right and power of the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein; provided, however, that the predecessor Company shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes except in the case of a sale of all of the Company's assets that meets the requirements of Section 5.01 hereof. ARTICLE 6 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES Section 6.01. Events of Default. An "Event of Default" occurs if: (a) the Company defaults in the payment when due of interest on, or Liquidated Damages with respect to, the Notes and such default continues for a period of 30 days; (b) the Company defaults in the payment when due of principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes when the same becomes due and payable at maturity, upon redemption (including in connection with an offer to purchase) or otherwise; (c) the Company fails to make any payment required to be made pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.10 or 4.14 hereof; (d) the Company fails to observe or perform any other covenant, representation, warranty or other agreement in this Indenture or the Notes for 60 days after notice to the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class; (e) a default occurs under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is created after the date of this Indenture, which default (i) is caused by a failure to pay principal of such Indebtedness at the Stated Maturity thereof or (ii) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to the Stated Maturity thereof, and, in each case, the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $10 million or more; (f) a final judgment or final judgments for the payment of money are entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction against the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any 51

group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary and such judgment or judgments remain undischarged for a period (during which execution shall not be effectively stayed) of 60 days, provided that the aggregate of all such undischarged judgments exceeds $10 million (other than amounts covered by insurance); (g) within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law, the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary: (i) commences a voluntary case, (ii) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case, (iii) consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property, (iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or (v) generally is not paying its debts as they become due; or (h) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: (i) is for relief against the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case; (ii) appoints a custodian of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or (iii) orders the liquidation of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days. Section 6.02. Acceleration. If any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (g) or (h) of Section 6.01 hereof with respect to the Company, any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Significant Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Upon any such declaration, the Notes shall become due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default specified in clause (g) or (h) of Section 6.01 hereof occurs with respect to the Company, any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, all outstanding Notes shall be due and payable immediately without further action or notice. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may on behalf of all of the Holders rescind an acceleration and its consequences if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default (except nonpayment of 52

principal, interest or premium that has become due solely because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived. Section 6.03. Other Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law. Section 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults. Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive an existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on, the Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase) (provided, however, that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration). Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon. Section 6.05. Control by Majority. Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders of Notes or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability. Section 6.06. Limitation on Suits. A Holder of a Note may pursue a remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes only if: (a) the Holder of a Note gives to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default; (b) the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy; (c) such Holder of a Note or Holders of Notes offer and, if requested, provide to the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense; (d) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer and, if requested, the provision of indemnity; and 53

(e) during such 60-day period the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request. A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note. Section 6.07. Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder. Section 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a) or (b) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of principal of, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel. Section 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. Section 6.10. Priorities. If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article, it shall pay out the money in the following order: 54

First: to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expense and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection; Second: to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any and interest, respectively; and Third: to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct. The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.10. Section 6.11. Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys' fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. ARTICLE 7 TRUSTEE Section 7.01. Duties of Trustee. (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person's own affairs. (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: (i) the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and (ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture. (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that: 55

(i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section; (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and (iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof. (d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this Section. (e) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability. The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at the request of any Holders, unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense. (f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. Section 7.02. Rights of Trustee. (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers' Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers' Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon. (c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care. (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture. (e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company. (f) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction. 56

Section 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof. Section 7.04. Trustee's Disclaimer. The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Company's use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company's direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication. Section 7.05. Notice of Defaults. If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to Holders of Notes a notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes. Section 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes. Within 60 days after each March 15 beginning with the March 15 following the date of this Indenture, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA Section 313(a) (but if no event described in TIA Section 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA Section 313(b)(2). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA Section 313(c). A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of Notes shall be mailed to the Company and filed with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA Section 313(d). The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange. Section 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity. The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder, as the parties shall agree in writing from time to time. The Trustee's compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee's agents and counsel. 57

The Company shall indemnify the Trustee against any and all losses, liabilities or expenses incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Company (including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company or any Holder or any other person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent any such loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its negligence or bad faith. The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder. The Company shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. The Company need not pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The obligations of the Company under this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. To secure the Company's payment obligations in this Section, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(g) or (h) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law. The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of TIA Section 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable. Section 7.08. Replacement of Trustee. A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee's acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section. The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing. The Company may remove the Trustee if: (a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof; (b) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law; (c) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or (d) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting. If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Company. 58

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company, or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company's obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. Section 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, etc. If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business (including the trust created by this Indenture) to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee. Section 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification. There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has (or if the Trustee is a subsidiary of a bank holding company, its parent shall have) a combined capital and surplus of at least $100 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA Section 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to TIA Section 310(b). Section 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company. The Trustee is subject to TIA Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA Section 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA Section 311(a) to the extent indicated therein. ARTICLE 8 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE Section 8.01. Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. The Company may, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an Officers' Certificate, at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8. 59

Section 8.02. Legal Defeasance and Discharge. Upon the Company's exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, "Legal Defeasance"). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be "outstanding" only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (a) and (b) below, and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (a) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive solely from the trust fund described in Section 8.04 hereof, and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on such Notes when such payments are due, (b) the Company's obligations with respect to such Notes under Article 2 and Section 4.02 hereof and under the Registration Rights Agreement with respect to the registration of Notes, (c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Company's obligations in connection therewith and (d) this Article Eight. Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof. Section 8.03. Covenant Defeasance. Upon the Company's exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Company shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from its obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.14, 4.15, 4.16, 4.17, 4.18, 4.19 and 4.20 hereof and clause (iv) of Section 5.01 hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 are satisfied (hereinafter, "Covenant Defeasance"), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not "outstanding" for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed "outstanding" for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Company may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Company's exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03 hereof, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(c) through 6.01(f) hereof shall not constitute Events of Default. Section 8.04. Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance. The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof to the outstanding Notes: In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance: (a) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, cash in United States dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, 60

in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest on the outstanding Notes on the stated date for payment thereof or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be and the Company must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date; (b) in the case of an election under Section 8.02 hereof, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that (A) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (B) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; (c) in the case of an election under Section 8.03 hereof, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; (d) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the incurrence of Indebtedness all or a portion of the proceeds of which will be used to defease the Notes pursuant to this Article 8 concurrently with such incurrence) or insofar as Sections 6.01(g) or 6.01(h) hereof is concerned, at any time in the period ending on the 91st day after the date of deposit; (e) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound; (f) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel (which may be subject to customary exceptions) to the effect that on the 91st day following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally; (g) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders over any other creditors of the Company or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Company or others; (h) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with; and (i) except as otherwise provided in this Indenture, each Guarantor shall have been released from its Obligations under its Note Guarantee. 61

Section 8.05. Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions. Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and non-callable Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the "Trustee") pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes. Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the request of the Company any money or non-callable Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(a) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. Section 8.06. Repayment to Company. Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, and premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in the New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company. Section 8.07. Reinstatement. If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any United States dollars or non-callable Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company's obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the 62

Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. ARTICLE 9 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER Section 9.01. Without Consent of Holders of Notes. Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture, the Company, the Guarantors, if any, and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes without the consent of any Holder of a Note: (a) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency; (b) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes or to alter the provisions of Article 2 hereof (including the related definitions) in a manner that does not materially adversely affect any Holder; (c) to provide for the assumption of the Company's or a Guarantor's obligations to the Holders of the Notes by a successor to the Company pursuant to Article 5 or Article 10 hereof; (d) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights hereunder of any Holder of the Note; (e) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA; (f) to allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture and/or a Note Guarantee with respect to the Notes. Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental Indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental Indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. Section 9.02. With Consent of Holders of Notes. Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture (including Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.14 hereof), the Note Guarantees and the Notes with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange 63

offer for, or purchase of, the Notes). Section 2.08 hereof shall determine which Notes are considered to be "outstanding" for purposes of this Section 9.02. Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental Indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Company in the execution of such amended or supplemental Indenture unless such amended or supplemental Indenture directly affects the Trustee's own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture. It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section becomes effective, the Company shall mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental Indenture or waiver. Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class may waive compliance in a particular instance by the Company with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes. However, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder): (a) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver; (b) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note or alter or waive any of the provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes except as provided above with respect to Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.14 hereof; (c) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest, including default interest, on any Note; (d) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration); (e) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes; (f) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments of principal of or interest on the Notes; (g) make any change in Section 6.04 or 6.07 hereof or in the foregoing amendment and waiver provisions; (h) waive a payment required by any of the covenants in 3.09, 4.10, 4.14; or 64

(i) release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Note Guarantee or this Indenture, except in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. Section 9.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall be set forth in a amended or supplemental Indenture that complies with the TIA as then in effect. Section 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents. Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder's Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder. Section 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Company in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver. Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver. Section 9.06. Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc. The Trustee shall sign any amended or supplemental Indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Company may not sign an amendment or supplemental Indenture until the Board of Directors approves it. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) shall be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 11.04 hereof, an Officer's Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture. ARTICLE 10 NOTE GUARANTEES Section 10.01. Guarantee. Subject to this Article 10, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that: (a) the principal of and interest on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or 65

performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof, and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection. The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenant that this Note Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture. If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect. Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of this Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Note Guarantee. The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Guarantee. Section 10.02. Limitation on Guarantor Liability. Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Note Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 10, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance. 66

Section 10.03. Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee. To evidence its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01, each Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of such Note Guarantee substantially in the form included in Exhibit E shall be endorsed by an Officer of such Guarantor on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and that this Indenture shall be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by its President or one of its Vice Presidents. Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Note Guarantee. If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture or on the Note Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which a Note Guarantee is endorsed, the Note Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless. The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Note Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors. In the event that the Company creates or acquires any new Subsidiaries subsequent to the date of this Indenture, if required by Section 4.18 hereof, the Company shall cause such Subsidiaries to execute supplemental indentures to this Indenture and Note Guarantees in accordance with Section 4.18 hereof and this Article 10, to the extent applicable. Section 10.04. Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms. Except as otherwise provided in Section 10.05, no Guarantor may consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person) another Person whether or not affiliated with such Guarantor unless: (a) subject to Section 10.05 hereof, the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than a Guarantor or the Company) unconditionally assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor, pursuant to a supplemental indenture in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, under the Notes, this Indenture and the Note Guarantee on the terms set forth herein or therein; and (b) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists. In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Note Guarantee endorsed upon the Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by the Guarantor, such successor Person shall succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor. Such successor Person thereupon may cause to be signed any or all of the Note Guarantees to be endorsed upon all of the Notes issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee. All the Note Guarantees so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Note Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Note Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof. 67

Except as set forth in Articles 4 and 5 hereof, and notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b) above, nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the Notes shall prevent any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Company or another Guarantor, or shall prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Company or another Guarantor. Section 10.05. Releases Following Sale of Assets. In the event of a sale or other disposition of all of the assets of any Guarantor, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, or a sale or other disposition of all to the capital stock of any Guarantor, in each case to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transactions) a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, then such Guarantor (in the event of a sale or other disposition, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, of all of the capital stock of such Guarantor) or the corporation acquiring the property (in the event of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of such Guarantor) will be released and relieved of any obligations under its Note Guarantee; provided that the Net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.10 hereof. Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such sale or other disposition was made by the Company in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.10 hereof, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its obligations under its Note Guarantee. Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Note Guarantee shall remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest on the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this Article 10. ARTICLE 11 MISCELLANEOUS Section 11.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls. If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by TIA Section 318(c), the imposed duties shall control. Section 11.02. Notices. Any notice or communication by the Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or mailed by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telex, telecopier or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others' address: If to the Company and/or any Guarantor: Amkor Technology, Inc. 1345 Enterprise Drive West Chester, Pennsylvania 19380 Telecopier No.: (610) 431-3990 Attention: Chief Financial Officer 68

With a copy to: Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati 650 Page Mill Road Palo Alto, California 94304 Telecopier No.: (650) 493-6811 Attention: Larry Sonsini If to the Trustee: Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. MAC N9303-120 Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue Minneapolis, MN 55479 (Amkor Technology, Inc. 7-1/8 Senior Notes due March 15, 2011) The Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when answered back, if telexed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery. Notwithstanding the foregoing, notices to the Trustee shall be effective only upon receipt by a Responsible Officer. Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in TIA Section 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it. If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time. Section 11.03. Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes. Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA Section 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA Section 312(c). Section 11.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee: 69

(a) an Officers' Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 11.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and (b) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 11.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied. Section 11.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to TIA Section 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of TIA Section 314(e) and shall include: (a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; (c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and (d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied. Section 11.06. Rules by Trustee and Agents. The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions. Section 11.07. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or such Guarantor under the Notes, the Note Guarantees, this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. Section 11.08. Governing Law, Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. 70

Section 11.09. Agent for Service; Submission to Jurisdiction. Each of the parties hereto irrevocably agrees that any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Indenture or the Notes, or brought under federal or state securities laws or brought by the Trustee, may be instituted in any federal or state court in the State of New York, borough of Manhattan. The Company has irrevocably appointed Corporation Service Company, located at 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19898-1660, as its agent (the "Authorized Agent") for service of process in any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Indenture and the Notes, or brought under federal or state securities laws or brought by the Trustee, that may be instituted in federal or state courts in the State of New York, borough of Manhattan. The Company expressly consents to the jurisdiction of any such court in respect of such action and waives any other requirements or objections to personal jurisdiction with respect thereto. Such appointment shall be irrevocable unless and until replaced by an agent reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The Company agrees to take any and all action, including the filing of any and all documents and instruments, that may be necessary to continue such appointment in full force and effect as aforesaid. Service of process upon the Authorized Agent and written notice of such service to the Company shall be deemed, in every respect, effective service of process upon the Company. Section 11.10. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture. Section 11.11. Successors. All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture shall bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.05. Section 11.12. Severability. In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. Section 11.13. Counterpart Originals. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. Section 11.14. Table of Contents, Headings, etc. The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 71

Section 11.15. Designated Senior Debt. The Notes shall be "Designated Senior Debt" for purposes of the indenture governing the Company's 5.75% convertible subordinated notes due 2006, 5.00% convertible subordinated notes due 2007 and the Senior Subordinated Notes. [Signatures on following page] 72

SIGNATURES Dated as of March 12, 2004 AMKOR TECHNOLOGY, INC. By: /s/ Kenneth Joyce ------------------------------- Name: Kenneth T. Joyce Title: Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer Attest: /s/ Kevin J. Heron - --------------------------------------- Name: Kevin J. Heron Title: Senior Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A. By: /s/ Jane Schweiger ------------------------------- Name: Jane Y. Schweiger Title: Vice President

EXHIBIT A [Face of Note] ________________________________________________________________________________ CUSIP_______ 7-1/8% Senior Notes due March 15, 2011 No. ___ $____________ AMKOR TECHNOLOGY, INC. promises to pay to _____________________________________________________________ or registered assigns, the principal sum of ___________________________________________________________ Dollars on March 15, 2011 Interest Payment Dates: March 15 and September 15 Record Dates: March 1 and September 1 Dated: March 12, 2004 A-1

EXHIBIT A IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized officers and a facsimile of its corporate seal to be affixed hereto and imprinted hereon. Dated: March 12, 2004 AMKOR TECHNOLOGY, INC. By:_________________________________________ Name: Bruce Freyman Title: President and Chief Operating Officer By:_________________________________________ Name: Kenneth T. Joyce Title: Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture: WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A., as Trustee By: __________________________________ Authorized Signatory ________________________________________________________________________________ A-2

EXHIBIT A [Back of Note] 7-1/8% Senior Notes due March 15, 2011 [Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] [Insert the Restricted Notes Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated. 1. INTEREST. Amkor Technology, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 7-1/8% per annum from March 12, 2004 until maturity and shall pay the Liquidated Damages payable pursuant to Section 5 of the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. The Company will pay interest and Liquidated Damages semi-annually in arrears on March 15 and September 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each an "Interest Payment Date"). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided, further, that the first Interest Payment Date shall be September 15, 2004. The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is 1% per annum in excess of the rate then in effect; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Liquidated Damages (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. 2. METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Company will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) and Liquidated Damages to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the March 1 or September 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose within or without the City and State of New York, or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest and Liquidated Damages may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders, and provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium and Liquidated Damages on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. 3. PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity. 4. INDENTURE. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of March 12, 2004 ("Indenture") between the Company and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as A-3

EXHIBIT A amended (15 U.S. Code Sections 77aaa-77bbbb). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the indenture shall govern and be controlling. The Notes are obligations of the Company limited to $250.0 million in aggregate principal amount. 5. OPTIONAL REDEMPTION. (a) Except as set forth in clauses (b) and (c) of this paragraph 5, the Notes will not be redeemable at the option of the Company prior to March 15, 2011. (b) The Notes are subject to redemption, as a whole or in part, at the election of the Company, at a price equal to the sum of (i) 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued interest to the redemption date plus (ii) the Make-Whole Amount, if any. (b) At any time, and from time to time, prior to March 15, 2007, the Company may redeem up to a maximum of 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued under the Indenture with the proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount) equal to 107.125% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date (subject to the rights of Holders of record on the relevant interest record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date); provided, however, that after giving effect to such redemption, at least 65% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries) remains outstanding. Any such redemption shall be made within 45 days of the closing of such Equity Offering. 6. NO MANDATORY REDEMPTION. Except as set forth in paragraph 7 below, the Company shall not be required to make mandatory redemption payments with respect to the Notes. 7. REPURCHASE AT OPTION OF HOLDER. (a) If there is a Change of Control, the Company shall be required to make an offer (a "Change of Control Offer") to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) of each Holder's Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages thereon, if any, to the date of purchase (the "Change of Control Payment"). Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company shall mail a notice to each Holder setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture. (b) If the Company or a Subsidiary consummates any Asset Sales, within five days of each date on which the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $10 million, the Company shall commence an offer to all Holders of Notes and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to Section 4.10 of the Indenture (as "Asset Sale Offer") pursuant to Section 3.09 of the Indenture to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and such pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages thereon, if any, to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and such pari passu Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company (or such Subsidiary) may use such deficiency for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture. If the A-4

EXHIBIT A aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders thereof plus the amount of any pari passu Indebtedness surrendered by the holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis. Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Company prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled "Option of Holder to Elect Purchase" on the reverse of the Notes. 8. DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date. 9. PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes. 10. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes voting as a single class, and any existing default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes voting as a single class. Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or supplemented to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, to provide for the assumption of the Company's or Guarantor's obligations to Holders of the Notes in case of a merger or consolidation, to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder, to comply with the requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act or to allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture to the Indenture and/or a Note Guarantee with respect to the Notes. 11. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. Events of Default include: (i) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest or Liquidated Damages on the Notes; (ii) default in payment when due of principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes when the same becomes due and payable at maturity, upon redemption (including in connection with an offer to purchase) or otherwise, (iii) failure by the Company to comply with Section 4.10 or 4.14 of the Indenture; (iv) failure by the Company for 60 days after notice to the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class to comply with certain other agreements in the Indenture or the Notes; (v) default under certain other agreements relating to Indebtedness of the Company which default is caused by a failure to pay principal of such Indebtedness at the express maturity thereof or results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity; (vi) certain final judgments for the payment of money that remain undischarged for a period of 60 days; and (vii) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the A-5

EXHIBIT A Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest on, or the principal of, the Notes. The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Company is required upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default. 12. DESIGNATED SENIOR DEBT. This Note shall be "Designated Senior Debt" for purposes of the indentures governing the Company's 5.75% convertible subordinated notes due 2006, 5.00% convertible subordinated notes due 2007 and the Senior Subordinated Notes. 13. GOVERNING LAW. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. 14. TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH COMPANY. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Company or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee. 15. NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. A director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder, of the Company, as such, shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes. 16. AUTHENTICATION. This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent. 17. ABBREVIATIONS. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). 18. ADDITIONAL RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES AND RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES. In addition to the rights provided to Holders of Notes under the Indenture, Holders of Notes shall have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of March 12, 2004, between the Company and the parties named on the signature pages thereof (the "Registration Rights Agreement"). 19. CUSIP NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as A-6

EXHIBIT A contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to: Amkor Technology, Inc. 1345 Enterprise Drive West Chester, Pennsylvania 19380 Attention: Secretary A-7

EXHIBIT A ASSIGNMENT FORM To assign this Note, fill in the form below: (I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:___________________________________ (Insert assignee's legal name) ________________________________________________________________________________ (Insert assignee's soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.) ________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ (Print or type assignee's name, address and zip code) and irrevocably appoint_________________________________________________________ to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him. Date:______________________ Your Signature:_____________________________ (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note) Signature Guarantee*:_________________________ * Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). A-8

EXHIBIT A OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.14 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below: [ ] Section 4.10 [ ] Section 4.14 If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.14 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased: $_______________________ Date:______________________ Your Signature:_____________________________ (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note) Tax Identification No.:_____________________ Signature Guarantee*:_________________________ * Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). A-9

EXHIBIT A SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE* The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made: Principal Amount [at Amount of decrease in Amount of increase in maturity] of Signature of Principal Amount [at Principal Amount [at this Global Note authorized officer of maturity] of maturity] of following such decrease Trustee or Note Date of Exchange this Global Note this Global Note (or increase) Custodian - ---------------- --------------------- --------------------- ----------------------- --------------------- * This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form. A-10

EXHIBIT B FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER Amkor Technology, Inc. 1345 Enterprise Drive West Chester, Pennsylvania 19380 Attention: Secretary Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. MAC N9303-120 Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue Minneapolis, MN 55479 (Amkor Technology, Inc. 7-1/8 % Senior Notes due March 15, 2011) Re: 7-1/8% Senior Notes due March 15, 2011 Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of March 12, 2004 (the "Indenture"), between Amkor Technology, Inc., as issuer (the "Company"), and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. ___________________, (the "Transferor") owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $___________ in such Note[s] or interests (the "Transfer"), to ___________________________ (the "Transferee"), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that: [CHECK ALL THAT APPLY] 1. [ ] CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE 144A GLOBAL NOTE OR A DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believed and believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a "qualified institutional buyer" within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Restricted Notes Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 2. [ ] CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE OR DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO REGULATION S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been B-1

EXHIBIT B made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, and (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Restricted Notes Legend printed on the Regulation S Global Note and/or Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 3. [ ] CHECK AND COMPLETE IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A GLOBAL NOTE OR A DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO ANY PROVISION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OTHER THAN RULE 144A OR REGULATION S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one): (a) [ ] such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act; or (b) [ ] such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a subsidiary thereof; or (c) [ ] such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act; or (d) [ ] such Transfer is being effected to an Institutional Accredited Investor for its own account or, for the account of such an Institutional Accredited Investor, in a minimum principal amount of the securities of $250,000 and pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144 or Rule 904, and the Transferor hereby further certifies that it has not engaged in any general solicitation within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and the Transfer complies with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note or Restricted Definitive Notes and the requirements of the exemption claimed, which certification is supported by (1) a certificate executed by the Transferee in the form of Exhibit D to the Indenture and (2) an Opinion of Counsel provided by the Transferor or the Transferee (a copy of which the Transferor has attached to this certification), to the effect that such Transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Restricted Notes Legend printed on the Definitive Notes and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 4. [ ] CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE OR OF AN UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. (a) [ ] CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO RULE 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Restricted Notes B-2

EXHIBIT B Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Restricted Notes Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. (b) [ ] CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO REGULATION S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Restricted Notes Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Restricted Notes Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. (c) [ ] CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO OTHER EXEMPTION. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Restricted Notes Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Restricted Notes Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company. ___________________________________ [Insert Name of Transferor] By:________________________________ Name: Title: Dated:__________________ B-3

EXHIBIT B ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 1. The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following: [CHECK ONE] (i) [ ] 144A Global Note (CUSIP _________________), or (ii) [ ] IAI Global Note (CUSIP _________________), or (iii) [ ] Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP _________________), or (iv) [ ] Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP ____________), or 2. After the Transfer the Transferee will hold: [CHECK ONE] (a) [ ] a beneficial interest in the: (i) [ ] 144A Global Note (CUSIP _________________), or (ii) [ ] IAI Global Note (CUSIP _________________), or (iii) [ ] Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP _________________)s, or (iv) [ ] Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP _________________), or (b) [ ] a Restricted Definitive Note; or (c) [ ] an Unrestricted Definitive Note, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. B-4

EXHIBIT C FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE Amkor Technology, Inc. 1345 Enterprise Drive West Chester, Pennsylvania 19380 Attention: Secretary Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. MAC N9303-120 Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue Minneapolis, MN 55479 (Amkor Technology, Inc. 7 1/8% Senior Notes due March 15, 2011) Re: 7 1/8% Senior Notes due March 15, 2011 (CUSIP _____________________) Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of March 12, 2004 (the "Indenture"), between Amkor Technology, Inc., as issuer (the "Company"), and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. __________________________, (the "Owner") owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $____________ in such Note[s] or interests (the "Exchange"). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that: 1. EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE FOR UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE (a) [ ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner's beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner's own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Restricted Notes Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. (b) [ ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner's beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner's own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Restricted Notes Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. C-1

EXHIBIT C (c) [ ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Owner's Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner's own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Restricted Notes Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. (d) [ ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Owner's Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner's own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Restricted Notes Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 2. EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES FOR RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES (a) [ ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner's beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner's own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Restricted Notes Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. (b) [ ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner's Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner's own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Restricted Notes Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. C-2

EXHIBIT C This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company. __________________________________________ [Insert Name of Transferor] By: ______________________________________ Name: Title: Dated: _____________________ C-3

EXHIBIT D FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR Amkor Technology, Inc. 1345 Enterprise Drive West Chester, Pennsylvania 19380 Attention: Secretary Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. MAC N9303-120 Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue Minneapolis, MN 55479 (Amkor Technology, Inc. 7 1/8% Senior Notes due March 15, 2011) Re: 7 1/8% Senior Notes due March 15, 2011 Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of March 12, 2004 (the "Indenture"), between Amkor Technology, Inc., as issuer (the "Company"), and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. In connection with our proposed purchase of $____________ aggregate principal amount of: (a) [ ] a beneficial interest in a Global Note, or (b) [ ] a Definitive Note, we confirm that: 1. We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes or any interest therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes or any interest therein except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"). 2. We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes and any interest therein may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell the Notes or any interest therein, we will do so only (A) to the Company or any subsidiary thereof, (B) in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a "qualified institutional buyer" (as defined therein), (C) to an institutional "accredited investor" (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to you and to the Company a signed letter substantially in the form of this letter and an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act, (D) outside the United States in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to the provisions of Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act or (F) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any person purchasing the Definitive Note or beneficial interest in a Global Note from us in a transaction meeting the requirements of clauses (A) through (E) of this paragraph a notice advising such purchaser that resales thereof are restricted as stated herein. D-1

EXHIBIT D 3. We understand that, on any proposed resale of the Notes or beneficial interest therein, we will be required to furnish to you and the Company such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Company may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect. 4. We are an institutional "accredited investor" (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment. 5. We are acquiring the Notes or beneficial interest therein purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts (each of which is an institutional "accredited investor") as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion. You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. __________________________________________ [Insert Name of Accredited Investor] By: ______________________________________ Name: Title: Dated:________________ D-2

EXHIBIT E FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE For value received, each Guarantor (which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture) has, jointly and severally, unconditionally guaranteed, to the extent set forth in the Indenture and subject to the provisions in the Indenture dated as of March 12, 2004 (the "Indenture") among Amkor Technology, Inc., the Guarantors listed on Schedule I thereto from time to time, and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee (the "Trustee"), (a) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes (as defined in the Indenture), whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on overdue principal and premium, and, to the extent permitted by law, interest, and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee all in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. The obligations of the Guarantors to the Holders of Notes and to the Trustee pursuant to the Note Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms of the Note Guarantee. Each Holder of a Note, by accepting the same, agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions. [NAME OF GUARANTOR(S)] By:_________________________________________ Name: Title: E-1

EXHIBIT F FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this "Supplemental Indenture"), dated as of ________________, among __________________ (the "Guaranteeing Subsidiary"), a subsidiary of Amkor Technology, Inc. (or its permitted successor), a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), the Company, the other Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to herein) and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee under the indenture referred to below (the "Trustee"). W I T N E S S E T H WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the "Indenture"), dated as of March 12, 2004, providing for the issuance of an aggregate principal amount of up to $250,000,000 of 7?% Senior Notes due March 15, 2011 (the "Notes"); WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company's Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the "Note Guarantee"); and WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture. NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows: 1. CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture. 2. AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees as follows: (a) Along with all Guarantors named in the Indenture, to jointly and severally Guarantee to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, the Notes or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that: (i) the principal of and interest on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. (b) The obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or the Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the F-1

EXHIBIT F same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. (c) The following is hereby waived: diligence presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever. (d) This Note Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and the Indenture, and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary accepts all obligations of a Guarantor under the Indenture. (e) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantors, or any Custodian, Trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect. (f) The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. (g) As between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture for the purposes of this Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Note Guarantee. (h) The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Guarantee. (i) Pursuant to Section 10.02 of the Indenture, after giving effect to any maximum amount and any other contingent and fixed liabilities that are relevant under any applicable Bankruptcy or fraudulent conveyance laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under Article 10 of the Indenture, this Note Guarantee shall be limited to the maximum amount permissible such that the obligations of such Guarantor under this Note Guarantee will not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance. 3. EXECUTION AND DELIVERY. Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees that the Note Guarantees shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Note Guarantee. F-2

EXHIBIT F 4. GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY MAY CONSOLIDATE, ETC. ON CERTAIN TERMS. (a) The Guaranteeing Subsidiary may not consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person) another corporation, Person or entity whether or not affiliated with such Guarantor unless: (i) subject to Sections 10.04 and 10.05 of the Indenture, the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than a Guarantor or the Company) unconditionally assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor, pursuant to a supplemental indenture in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, under the Notes, the Indenture and the Note Guarantee on the terms set forth herein or therein; and (ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists. (b) In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the successor corporation, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Note Guarantee endorsed upon the Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of the Indenture to be performed by the Guarantor, such successor corporation shall succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor. Such successor corporation thereupon may cause to be signed any or all of the Note Guarantees to be endorsed upon all of the Notes issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee. All the Note Guarantees so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under the Indenture as the Note Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of the Indenture as though all of such Note Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof. (c) Except as set forth in Articles 4 and 5 and Section 10.05 of Article 10 of the Indenture, and notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b) above, nothing contained in the Indenture or in any of the Notes shall prevent any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Company or another Guarantor, or shall prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Company or another Guarantor. 5. RELEASES. (a) In the event of a sale or other disposition of all of the assets of any Guarantor, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, or a sale or other disposition of all to the capital stock of any Guarantor, in each case to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, then such Guarantor (in the event of a sale or other disposition, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, of all of the capital stock of such Guarantor) or the corporation acquiring the property (in the event of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of such Guarantor) will be released and relieved of any obligations under its Note Guarantee; provided that the Net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.10 of the Indenture. Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such sale or other disposition was made by the Company in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.10 of the Indenture, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its obligations under its Note Guarantee. F-3

EXHIBIT F (b) Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Note Guarantee shall remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest on the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under the Indenture as provided in Article 10 of the Indenture. 6. NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder or agent of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Notes, any Note Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of the Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy. 7. NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE BUT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. 8. COUNTERPARTS The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. 9. EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof. 10. THE TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Company. F-4

EXHIBIT F IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed and attested, all as of the date first above written. Dated: _______________, ____ [GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY] By: _______________________________ Name: Title: AMKOR TECHNOLOGY, INC. By: _______________________________ Name: Title: [EXISTING GUARANTORS] By:_________________________________ Name: Title: WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A., as Trustee By:________________________________ Authorized Signatory F-5

SCHEDULE I SCHEDULE OF GUARANTORS The following schedule lists each Guarantor under the Indenture as of the date of issuance of the Notes: None.

Exhibit 4.2 REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT 7-1/8% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2011 Dated as of March 12, 2004 By and Among AMKOR TECHNOLOGY, INC. and CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC. DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC. J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.

This Registration Rights Agreement (this "Agreement") is made and entered into as of March 12, 2004, by and among Amkor Technology, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. (the "Initial Purchasers," or, each, an "Initial Purchaser"), each of whom has agreed to purchase the Company's 7-1/8% Senior Notes due 2011 (the "Notes") pursuant to the Purchase Agreement (as defined below). This Agreement is made pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, dated March 9, 2004 (the "Purchase Agreement"), by and among the Company and the Initial Purchasers. In order to induce the Initial Purchasers to purchase the Notes, the Company has agreed to provide the registration rights set forth in this Agreement. The execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the obligations of the Initial Purchasers set forth in Section 6 of the Purchase Agreement. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning assigned to them in the Indenture dated as of March 12, 2004, between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Trustee (the "Indenture"). The parties hereby agree as follows: SECTION 1. Definitions As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms shall have the following meanings: Act: The Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Affiliate: As defined in Rule 144 of the Act. Affiliated Market Maker: As defined in Section 6(c)(iii) hereof. Broker-Dealer: Any broker or dealer registered under the Exchange Act. Certificated Securities: Definitive Notes, as defined in the Indenture. Closing Date: The date hereof. Commission: The Securities and Exchange Commission. Consummate: An Exchange Offer shall be deemed "Consummated" for purposes of this Agreement upon the occurrence of (a) the filing and effectiveness under the Act of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement relating to the Exchange Notes to be issued in the Exchange Offer, (b) the maintenance of such Exchange Offer Registration Statement continuously effective and the keeping of the Exchange Offer open for a period not less than the period required pursuant to Section 3(b) hereof and (c) the issuance and delivery by the Company under Section 2.06(f) of the Indenture of Exchange Notes in the same aggregate principal amount as the aggregate principal amount of Notes tendered by Holders thereof pursuant to the Exchange Offer. Consummation Deadline: As defined in Section 3(b) hereof. 2

Effectiveness Deadline: As defined in Section 3(a) or 4(a) hereof, as applicable. Exchange Act: The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Exchange Notes: Notes to be issued pursuant to the Indenture: (i) in the Exchange Offer or (ii) as contemplated by Section 4 hereof. Exchange Offer: The exchange and issuance by the Company of a principal amount of Exchange Notes (which shall be registered pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) equal to the outstanding principal amount of Notes that are tendered by such Holders in connection with such exchange and issuance. Exchange Offer Registration Statement: The Registration Statement relating to the Exchange Offer, including the related Prospectus. Filing Deadline: As defined in Section 3(a) or 4(a) hereof, as applicable. Holders: As defined in Section 2 hereof. Prospectus: The prospectus included in a Registration Statement at the time such Registration Statement is declared effective, as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement and by all other amendments thereto, including post-effective amendments, and all material incorporated by reference into such Prospectus. Recommencement Date: As defined in Section 6(d) hereof. Registration Default: As defined in Section 5 hereof. Registration Statement: Any registration statement of the Company filed with the Commission pursuant to the Act relating to (a) an offering of Exchange Notes pursuant to an Exchange Offer or (b) the registration for resale of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, in each case, (i) that is filed pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement and (ii) including the Prospectus included therein, all amendments and supplements thereto (including post-effective amendments) and all exhibits and material incorporated by reference therein. Regulation S: Regulation S promulgated under the Act. Rule 144: Rule 144 promulgated under the Act. Shelf Registration Statement: As defined in Section 4 hereof. Suspension Notice: As defined in Section 6(d) hereof. TIA: The Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. Section 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture. 3

Transfer Restricted Securities: Each (A) Note, until the earliest to occur of (i) the date on which such Note is exchanged in the Exchange Offer for an Exchange Note which is entitled to be resold to the public by the Holder thereof without complying with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Act, (ii) the date on which such Note has been disposed of in accordance with a Shelf Registration Statement (and the purchasers thereof have been issued Exchange Notes), or (iii) the date on which such Note may be sold to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Act and (B) Exchange Note held by a Broker Dealer until the date on which such Exchange Note is disposed of by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the "Plan of Distribution" contemplated by the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (including the delivery of the Prospectus contained therein). SECTION 2. Holders A Person is deemed to be a holder of Transfer Restricted Securities (each, a "Holder") whenever such Person owns Transfer Restricted Securities. SECTION 3. Registered Exchange Offer (a) Unless the Exchange Offer shall not be permitted by applicable federal law (after the procedures set forth in Section 6(a)(i) below have been complied with), the Company shall (i) use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be filed with the Commission as soon as practicable after the Closing Date, but in no event later than 120 days after the Closing Date (such 120th day being the "Filing Deadline"), (ii) use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Exchange Offer Registration Statement to become effective at the earliest possible time, but in no event later than 210 days after the Closing Date (such 210th day being the "Effectiveness Deadline"), (iii) in connection with the foregoing, (A) file all pre-effective amendments to such Exchange Offer Registration Statement as may be necessary in order to cause it to become effective, (B) file, if applicable, a post-effective amendment to such Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 430A under the Act and (C) cause all necessary filings, if any, in connection with the registration and qualification of the Exchange Notes to be made under the Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as are necessary to permit Consummation of the Exchange Offer, and (iv) upon the effectiveness of such Exchange Offer Registration Statement, commence and Consummate the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer shall be on the appropriate form permitting (x) registration of the Exchange Notes to be offered in exchange for the Notes that are Transfer Restricted Securities and (y) resales of Exchange Notes by Broker-Dealers that tendered into the Exchange Offer Notes that such Broker-Dealer acquired for its own account as a result of market making activities or other trading activities (other than Notes acquired directly from the Company or any of its Affiliates) as contemplated by Section 3(c) below. (b) The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be effective continuously, and shall keep the Exchange Offer open for a period of not less than the minimum period required under applicable federal and state securities laws to Consummate the Exchange Offer; provided, however, that in no event shall such period be less than 30 days. The Company shall cause the Exchange Offer to comply with all applicable federal and state securities laws. No securities other than the Exchange Notes shall be included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Exchange Offer to be Consummated on the earliest practicable date after the Exchange Offer 4

Registration Statement has become effective, but in no event later than 30 Business Days thereafter (such 30th day being the "Consummation Deadline"). (c) The Company shall include a "Plan of Distribution" section in the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and indicate therein that any Broker-Dealer who holds Transfer Restricted Securities that were acquired for the account of such Broker-Dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities (other than Notes acquired directly from the Company or any Affiliate of the Company), may exchange such Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer. Such "Plan of Distribution" section shall also contain all other information with respect to such sales by such Broker-Dealers that the Commission may require in order to permit such sales pursuant thereto, but such "Plan of Distribution" shall not name any such Broker-Dealer or disclose the amount of Transfer Restricted Securities held by any such Broker-Dealer, except to the extent required by the Commission. Because such Broker-Dealer may be deemed to be an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Act and must, therefore, deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Act in connection with its initial sale of any Exchange Notes received by such Broker-Dealer in the Exchange Offer, the Company shall permit the use of the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement by such Broker-Dealer to satisfy such prospectus delivery requirement. To the extent necessary to ensure that the prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is available for resales of Exchange Notes by Broker-Dealers, the Company agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented, amended and current as required by and subject to the provisions of Section 6(a) and (c) hereof and in conformity with the requirements of this Agreement, the Act and the policies, rules and regulations of the Commission as announced from time to time, for a period of 180 days from the Consummation Deadline or such shorter period as will terminate when all Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Registration Statement have been sold pursuant thereto. The Company shall provide sufficient copies of the latest version of such Prospectus to such Broker-Dealers, promptly upon request, and in no event later than one day after such request, at any time during such period. SECTION 4. Shelf Registration (a) Shelf Registration. If (i) the Exchange Offer is not permitted by applicable law or Commission policy after the Company has complied with the procedures set forth in Section 6(a)(i) below or (ii) any Holder of Notes which are Transfer Restricted Securities shall notify the Company prior to the 20th Business Day following the Consummation Deadline that (A) such Holder is prohibited by law or Commission policy from participating in the Exchange Offer, (B) such Holder may not resell the Exchange Notes acquired by it in the Exchange Offer to the public without delivering a prospectus, and the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not appropriate or available for such resales by such Holder, or (C) such Holder is a Broker-Dealer and holds Notes acquired directly from the Company or any of the Company's affiliates, then the Company shall: (x) use commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be filed, on or prior to the 60th day after the date on which the Company receives the notice specified in clause (a)(ii) above (such 60th day being the "Filing Deadline"), a shelf registration statement pursuant to 5

Rule 415 under the Act (which may be an amendment to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (the "Shelf Registration Statement")), relating to all Transfer Restricted Securities, and (y) shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to become effective on or prior to the 120th day after the date on which the Company receives notice under (x) above (such 120th day being the "Effectiveness Deadline"). If, after the Company has filed an Exchange Offer Registration Statement that satisfies the requirements of Section 3(a) above, the Company is required to file and make effective a Shelf Registration Statement solely because the Exchange Offer is not permitted under applicable federal law (i.e., clause (a)(i) above), then the filing of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements of clause (x) above; provided that, in such event, the Company shall remain obligated to meet the Effectiveness Deadline set forth in clause (y) above. To the extent necessary to ensure that the Shelf Registration Statement is available for resales of Transfer Restricted Securities by the Holders thereof entitled to the benefit of this Section 4(a) and the other securities required to be registered therein pursuant to Section 6(b)(ii) hereof, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to keep any Shelf Registration Statement required by this Section 4(a) continuously effective, supplemented, amended and current as required by and subject to the provisions of Sections 6(b) and (c) hereof and in conformity with the requirements of this Agreement, the Act and the policies, rules and regulations of the Commission as announced from time to time, for a period of at least two years following the Closing Date, or such shorter period as will terminate when all Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant thereto. (b) Provision by Holders of Certain Information in Connection with the Shelf Registration Statement. No Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities may include any of its Transfer Restricted Securities in any Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to this Agreement unless and until such Holder furnishes to the Company in writing, within 10 days after receipt of a request therefor, the information specified in Item 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K, as applicable, of the Act for use in connection with any Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus included therein. No Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities shall be entitled to liquidated damages pursuant to Section 5 hereof unless and until such Holder shall have provided all such information. Each selling Holder agrees to promptly furnish additional information required to be disclosed in order to make the information previously furnished to the Company by such Holder not materially misleading. (c) Prohibitions Against Sales. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4 or in Section 3(c), but subject to compliance with Section 5, the Company may, by delivering written notice to the Holders, prohibit offers and sales of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement at any time if (A)(i) the Company is in possession of material non-public information relating to the Company, (ii) the Company determines (based on advice of counsel) that such prohibition is necessary in order to avoid a requirement to disclose such material non-public information to the public and (iii) the Company determines in good faith that public disclosure of such material non-public information would not be in the best interests of the Company and its 6

stockholders or (B)(i) the Company has made a public announcement relating to an acquisition or business combination transaction including the Company and/or one or more of its subsidiaries that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole and (ii) the Company determines in good faith that (x) offers and sales of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement prior to the consummation of such transaction (or such earlier date as the Company shall determine) is not in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders or (y) it would be impracticable at the time to obtain any financial statements relating to such acquisition or business combination transaction that would be required to be set forth in the Shelf Registration; provided, however, that upon (i) the public disclosure by the Company of the material non-public information described in clause (A) of this paragraph or (ii) the consummation, abandonment or termination of, or the availability of the required financial statements with respect to, a transaction described in clause (B) of this paragraph, the suspension of the use of the Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to this Section 4(c) shall cease and the Company shall promptly comply with Section 6(c)(ii) hereof and notify Holders that dispositions of Transfer Restricted Securities may be resumed. SECTION 5. Liquidated Damages If (i) any Registration Statement required by this Agreement is not filed with the Commission on or prior to the applicable Filing Deadline set forth in Section 3(a) or 4(a), as the case may be, (ii) any such Registration Statement has not been declared effective by the Commission on or prior to the applicable Effectiveness Deadline set forth in Section 3(a) or 4(a), as the case may be, (iii) the Exchange Offer has not been Consummated on or prior to the Consummation Deadline or (iv) any Registration Statement required by this Agreement is filed and declared effective but shall thereafter cease to be effective or fail to be usable for its intended purpose without being succeeded reasonably promptly by a post-effective amendment to such Registration Statement that cures such failure and that is itself declared effective reasonably promptly (including as a result of a prohibition against sales of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to Section 4(c) hereof at any time for a period of time which shall exceed 30 days in the aggregate during any 3-month period or 90 days in the aggregate during any 365-day period) (each such event referred to in clauses (i) through (iv), a "Registration Default"), then the Company hereby jointly and severally agrees to pay to each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities affected thereby liquidated damages in an amount equal to 0.25% per annum in principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities held by such Holder for each week or portion thereof that the Registration Default continues for the first 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of such Registration Default. The amount of the liquidated damages shall increase by 0.25% per annum in principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities with respect to each subsequent 90-day period until all Registration Defaults have been cured, up to a maximum amount of liquidated damages of 1.00% per annum in principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities; provided that the Company shall in no event be required to pay liquidated damages for more than one Registration Default at any given time. If, after the cure of all Registration Defaults then in effect, there is a subsequent Registration Default, the rate of Additional Interest for such subsequent Registration Default shall initially be 0.25%, regardless of the Additional Interest rate in effect with respect to any prior Registration Default at the time of the cure of such Registration Default. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, (1) upon filing of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (and/or, if applicable, the Shelf Registration Statement), in the case of (i) above, (2) upon the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (and/or, if applicable, the Shelf Registration Statement), in the case of (ii) above, (3) upon Consummation of the Exchange 7

Offer, in the case of (iii) above, or (4) upon the filing of a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or an additional Registration Statement that causes the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (and/or, if applicable, the Shelf Registration Statement) to again be declared effective or made usable in the case of (iv) above, the liquidated damages payable with respect to the Transfer Restricted Securities as a result of such clause (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv), as applicable, shall cease. All accrued liquidated damages shall be paid to the Holders entitled thereto, in the manner provided for the payment of interest in the Indenture, on each Interest Payment Date, as more fully set forth in the Indenture and the Notes. Notwithstanding the fact that any securities for which liquidated damages are due cease to be Transfer Restricted Securities, all obligations of the Company to pay liquidated damages with respect to securities shall survive until such time as such obligations with respect to such securities shall have been satisfied in full. SECTION 6. Registration Procedures (a) Exchange Offer Registration Statement. In connection with the Exchange Offer, the Company shall (x) comply with all applicable provisions of Section 6(c) below, (y) use commercially reasonable efforts to effect such exchange and to permit the resale of Exchange Notes by Broker-Dealers that tendered in the Exchange Offer Notes that such Broker-Dealer acquired for its own account as a result of its market making activities or other trading activities (other than Notes acquired directly from the Company or any of its Affiliates) being sold in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof, and (z) comply with all of the following provisions: (i) If, following the date hereof there has been announced a change in Commission policy with respect to exchange offers such as the Exchange Offer, that in the reasonable opinion of counsel to the Company raises a substantial question as to whether the Exchange Offer is permitted by applicable federal law, if and to the extent reasonable under the circumstances, the Company hereby agrees to seek a no-action letter or other favorable decision from the Commission allowing the Company to Consummate an Exchange Offer for such Transfer Restricted Securities. If and to the extent reasonable under the circumstances, the Company hereby agrees to pursue the issuance of such a decision to the Commission staff level. (ii) As a condition to its participation in the Exchange Offer, each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities (including, without limitation, any Holder who is a Broker Dealer) shall furnish, upon the request of the Company, prior to the Consummation of the Exchange Offer, a written representation to the Company (which may be contained in the letter of transmittal contemplated by the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) to the effect that (A) it is not an Affiliate of the Company, (B) it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate in, a distribution of the Exchange Notes to be issued in the Exchange Offer and (C) it is acquiring the Exchange Notes in its ordinary course of business. As a condition to its participation in the Exchange Offer each Holder that is a Broker-Dealer using the Exchange Offer to participate in a distribution of the Exchange Notes shall acknowledge and agree that, if the resales are of Exchange Notes obtained by such Holder in exchange for Notes acquired directly from the Company or an Affiliate thereof, it (1) could not, under Commission policy 8

as in effect on the date of this Agreement, rely on the position of the Commission enunciated in Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (available June 5, 1991) and Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988), as interpreted in the Commission's letter to Shearman & Sterling dated July 2, 1993, and similar no-action letters (including, if applicable, any no-action letter obtained pursuant to clause (i) above), and (2) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction and that such a secondary resale transaction must be covered by an effective registration statement containing the selling security holder information required by Item 507 or 508, as applicable, of Regulation S-K. (iii) Prior to effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the Company shall provide a supplemental letter to the Commission (A) stating that the Company is registering the Exchange Offer in reliance on the position of the Commission enunciated in Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988), Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (available June 5, 1991) as interpreted in the Commission's letter to Shearman & Sterling dated July 2, 1993, and, if applicable, any no-action letter obtained pursuant to clause (i) above, (B) including a representation that the Company has not entered into any arrangement or understanding with any Person to distribute the Exchange Notes to be received in the Exchange Offer and that, to the best of the Company's information and belief, each Holder participating in the Exchange Offer is acquiring the Exchange Notes in its ordinary course of business and has no arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate in the distribution of the Exchange Notes received in the Exchange Offer and (C) any other undertaking or representation required by the Commission as set forth in any no-action letter obtained pursuant to clause (i) above, if applicable. (b) Shelf Registration Statement. In connection with the Shelf Registration Statement, the Company shall: (i) comply with all the provisions of Section 6(c) below and use commercially reasonable efforts to effect such registration to permit the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities being sold in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof (as indicated in the information furnished to the Company pursuant to Section 4(b) hereof), and pursuant thereto the Company will prepare and file with the Commission a Registration Statement relating to the registration on any appropriate form under the Act, which form shall be available for the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof within the time periods and otherwise in accordance with the provisions hereof, and (ii) issue, upon the request of any Holder or purchaser of Notes covered by any Shelf Registration Statement contemplated by this Agreement, Exchange Notes having an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Notes sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement and surrendered to the Company for cancellation; the Company shall register Exchange Notes on the Shelf Registration Statement for this purpose and issue the Exchange Notes to the purchaser(s) of securities subject to the Shelf Registration Statement in the names as such purchaser(s) shall designate. 9

(c) General Provisions. In connection with any Registration Statement and any related Prospectus required by this Agreement, the Company shall: (i) use commercially reasonable efforts to keep such Registration Statement continuously effective and provide all requisite financial statements for the period specified in Section 3 or 4 of this Agreement, as applicable. Upon the occurrence of any event subject to Section 4(c) above that would cause any such Registration Statement or the Prospectus contained therein (A) to contain an untrue statement of material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or (B) not to be effective and usable for resale of Transfer Restricted Securities during the period required by this Agreement, the Company shall file promptly an appropriate amendment to such Registration Statement curing such defect, and, if Commission review is required, use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such amendment to be declared effective as soon as practicable. (ii) subject to Section 4(c) above, prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and post-effective amendments to the applicable Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective for the applicable period set forth in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as the case may be; cause the Prospectus to be supplemented by any required Prospectus supplement, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Act, and to comply fully with Rules 424, 430A and 462, as applicable, under the Act in a timely manner; and comply with the provisions of the Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement during the applicable period in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution by the sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement or supplement to the Prospectus; (iii) advise each Holder that is a Broker-Dealer and each Initial Purchaser who is required to deliver a prospectus in connection with sales or market making activities (an "Affiliated Market Maker") to the extent the Company is aware of the same, promptly and, if requested by such Person, confirm such advice in writing, (A) when the Prospectus or any Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to any applicable Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto, when the same has become effective, (B) of any request by the Commission for amendments to the Registration Statement or amendments or supplements to the Prospectus or for additional information relating thereto, (C) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement under the Act or of the suspension by any state securities commission of the qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or the initiation of any proceeding for any of the preceding purposes, (D) of the existence of any fact or the happening of any event that makes any statement of a material fact made in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, any amendment or supplement thereto or any document incorporated by reference therein untrue, or that requires the making of any additions to or changes in the Registration Statement in order to make the statements therein not misleading, or that requires the making of any additions to or changes in the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. If at any time the Commission shall issue any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration 10

Statement, or any state securities commission or other regulatory authority shall issue an order suspending the qualification or exemption from qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities under state securities or Blue Sky laws, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal or lifting of such order at the earliest possible time; (iv) subject to Section 6(c)(i), if any fact or event contemplated by Section 6(c)(iii)(D) above shall exist or have occurred, prepare a supplement or post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of Transfer Restricted Securities, the Prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; (v) upon request, furnish to each Holder and each Affiliated Market Maker in connection with such exchange or sale, if any, before filing with the Commission, copies of any Registration Statement or any Prospectus included therein or any amendments or supplements to any such Registration Statement or Prospectus, which documents will be subject to the review and comment of such Persons in connection with such sale, if any, for a period of at least five Business Days, and the Company will not file any such Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any such Registration Statement or Prospectus to which such Persons shall reasonably object within five Business Days after the receipt thereof; (vi) make available, at reasonable times, for inspection by each Holder and each Affiliated Market Maker and any attorney or accountant retained by such Persons, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents of the Company and cause the Company's officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Persons, attorney or accountant in connection with such Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto subsequent to the filing thereof and prior to its effectiveness; (vii) if requested by any Holders in connection with such exchange or sale or any Affiliated Market Maker, promptly include in any Registration Statement or Prospectus, pursuant to a supplement or post-effective amendment if necessary, such information as such Persons may reasonably request to have included therein relating to the "Plan of Distribution" of the Transfer Restricted Securities and the use of the Registration Statement or Prospectus for market making activities; and make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment as soon as practicable after the Company is notified of the matters to be included in such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment; (viii) upon the request furnish to such Holder in connection with such exchange or sale and each Affiliated Market Maker, without charge, at least one copy of the Registration Statement, as first filed with the Commission, and of each amendment thereto, including all documents incorporated by reference therein and all exhibits (including exhibits incorporated therein by reference); 11

(ix) deliver to each Holder and each Affiliated Market Maker without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus (including each preliminary prospectus) and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Persons reasonably may request; the Company hereby consents to the use (in accordance with law) of the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto by each selling Person in connection with the offering and the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto and all market making activities of such Affiliated Market Maker, as the case may be; (x) upon the request of any Holder who is a Broker-Dealer or any Affiliated Market Maker, make representations and warranties as reasonably requested and take all such other actions as reasonably requested in connection therewith in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of the Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to any applicable Registration Statement contemplated by this Agreement as may be reasonably requested by any such Holder or Affiliated Market Maker in connection with any sale or resale pursuant to any applicable Registration Statement. In connection with the exchange or disposition of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement, the Company shall: (A) upon request of any Holder, furnish (or in the case of paragraphs (2) and (3), use commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be furnished) to each Person, upon Consummation of the Exchange Offer or upon the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be: (1) a certificate, dated such date, signed on behalf of the Company by (x) the President or any Vice President and (y) a principal financial or accounting officer of the Company, confirming, as of the date thereof, the matters set forth in Sections 6(k)(iii) and (iv), 6(l) and 6(o) of the Purchase Agreement and such other similar matters as such Person may reasonably request; (2) an opinion, dated the date of Consummation of the Exchange Offer or the date of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, of counsel for the Company covering matters similar to those set forth in the relevant paragraphs of Section 6(d) and 6(e) of the Purchase Agreement, and in any event including a statement to the effect that such counsel has participated in conferences with officers and other representatives of the Company, representatives of the independent certified public accountants of the Company and the Initial Purchasers and its representatives at which the contents of the applicable Registration Statement and related matters were discussed and, although such counsel is not passing upon and assumes no responsibility for, the accuracy, completeness or fairness of the statements contained in the applicable Registration Statement (except as indicated above), on the basis of the foregoing, no facts came to such counsel's attention which led such counsel to believe that the applicable Registration Statement, at the time such Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto became effective and, in the case of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, as of the date of Consummation of the Exchange Offer, contained an untrue statement of a material fact or 12

omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or that the Prospectus contained in such Registration Statement as of its date and, in the case of the opinion dated the date of Consummation of the Exchange Offer, as of the date of Consummation, contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. Without limiting the foregoing, such counsel may state further that such counsel assumes no responsibility for, and has not independently verified, the accuracy, completeness or fairness of the financial statements and other financial data included in any Registration Statement contemplated by this Agreement or the related Prospectus; and (3) a customary comfort letter, dated the date of Consummation of the Exchange Offer, or as of the date of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, from the Company's independent accountants, in the customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in comfort letters to underwriters in connection with underwritten offerings, and affirming the matters set forth in the comfort letters delivered pursuant to Sections 6(i) and (j) of the Purchase Agreement; and (B) deliver such other documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by the selling Holders to evidence compliance with the matters covered in clause (A) above and with any customary conditions contained in any agreement entered into by the Company pursuant to this clause (x); (xi) prior to any public offering of Transfer Restricted Securities, cooperate with the selling Holders and their counsel in connection with the registration and qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as the selling Holders may request and do any and all other acts or things necessary or advisable to enable the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to register or qualify as a foreign corporation where it is not now so qualified or to take any action that would subject it to the service of process in suits or to taxation, other than as to matters and transactions relating to the Registration Statement, in any jurisdiction where it is not now so subject; (xii) in connection with any sale of Transfer Restricted Securities that will result in such securities no longer being Transfer Restricted Securities, cooperate with the Holders to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Transfer Restricted Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends; and to register such Transfer Restricted Securities in such denominations and such names as the selling Holders may request at least two Business Days prior to such sale of Transfer Restricted Securities; 13

(xiii) provide a CUSIP number for all Transfer Restricted Securities not later than the effective date of a Registration Statement covering such Transfer Restricted Securities and provide the Trustee under the Indenture with printed certificates for the Transfer Restricted Securities which are in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company; (xiv) otherwise use commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make generally available to its security holders with regard to any applicable Registration Statement, as soon as practicable, a consolidated earnings statement meeting the requirements of Rule 158 (which need not be audited) covering a twelve-month period beginning after the effective date of the Registration Statement (as such term is defined in paragraph (c) of Rule 158 under the Act); (xv) cause the Indenture to be qualified under the TIA not later than the effective date of the first Registration Statement required by this Agreement and, in connection therewith, cooperate with the Trustee and the Holders to effect such changes to the Indenture as may be required for such Indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the TIA; and execute and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Trustee to execute, all documents that may be required to effect such changes and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the Commission to enable such Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner; and (xvi) provide promptly to each Holder and Affiliated Market Maker, upon request, each document filed with the Commission pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. (d) Restrictions on Holders. Each Holder agrees by acquisition of a Transfer Restricted Security and each Affiliated Market Maker agrees that, upon receipt of the notice referred to in Section 4(c) or 6(c)(iii)(C) or any notice from the Company of the existence of any fact of the kind described in Section 6(c)(iii)(D) hereof (in each case, a "Suspension Notice"), such Person will forthwith discontinue disposition of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the applicable Registration Statement until (i)(A) such Person has received copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 6(c)(iv) hereof, or (B) such Person is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies of any additional or supplemental filings that are incorporated by reference in the Prospectus (in each case, the "Recommencement Date"). Each Person receiving a Suspension Notice hereby agrees that it will either (ii)(A) destroy any Prospectuses, other than permanent file copies, then in such Person's possession which have been replaced by the Company with more recently dated Prospectuses or (B) deliver to the Company (at the Company's expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies, then in such Person's possession of the Prospectus covering such Transfer Restricted Securities that was current at the time of receipt of the Suspension Notice. The time period regarding the effectiveness of such Registration Statement set forth in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as applicable, shall be extended by a number of days equal to the number of days in the period from and including the date of delivery of the Suspension Notice to the date of delivery of the Recommencement Date. 14

SECTION 7. Registration Expenses (a) All expenses incident to the Company's performance of or compliance with this Agreement will be borne by the Company, regardless of whether a Registration Statement becomes effective, including without limitation: (i) all registration and filing fees and expenses; (ii) all fees and expenses of compliance with federal securities and state Blue Sky or securities laws; (iii) all expenses of printing (including printing certificates for the Exchange Notes to be issued in the Exchange Offer and printing of Prospectuses whether for exchanges, sales, market making or otherwise), messenger and delivery services and telephone; (iv) all fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company; (v) all application and filing fees in connection with listing the Exchange Notes on a national securities exchange or automated quotation system pursuant to the requirements hereof; and (vi) all fees and disbursements of independent certified public accountants of the Company (including the expenses of any special audit and comfort letters required by or incident to such performance). The Company will, in any event, bear its internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expenses of any annual audit and the fees and expenses of any Person, including special experts, retained by the Company. (b) In connection with any Registration Statement required by this Agreement (including, without limitation, the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and the Shelf Registration Statement), the Company will reimburse the Initial Purchasers and the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities who are tendering Notes in the Exchange Offer and/or selling or reselling Notes or Exchange Notes pursuant to the "Plan of Distribution" contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement, as applicable, for the reasonable fees and disbursements of not more than one counsel, who shall be Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP, unless another firm shall be chosen by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities for whose benefit such Registration Statement is being prepared. SECTION 8. Indemnification (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, its officers, directors, employees, representatives and agents and each Person, if any, who controls such Holder (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) (collectively, the "Holder Indemnified Parties") against any loss, claim, damage or liability, joint or several, or any action in respect thereof, to which that Holder Indemnified Party may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such loss, claim, damage or liability or action arises out of or is based upon (i)(A) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement, preliminary prospectus or Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) provided by the Company to any Holder or any prospective purchaser of Exchange Notes or registered Notes, or (B) the omission or alleged omission to state therein (or in any amendment or supplement thereto) a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and shall reimburse each Holder Indemnified Party promptly upon demand for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by that Holder Indemnified Party in connection with investigating or preparing to defend or defending against or appearing as a third party witness in connection with any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred; 15

provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action arises out of or is based upon (ii)(A) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement in or (B) omission or alleged omission from any Registration Statement, preliminary prospectus or Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) provided by the Company to any Holder or any prospective purchaser of Exchange Notes or registered Notes in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by and of the Holders specifically for use therein. This indemnity agreement is not exclusive and will be in addition to any liability which the Company might otherwise have and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available at law or in equity to each Holder Indemnified Party. (b) Each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities agrees, severally and not jointly, shall indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its officers, employees, representatives, agents, directors and each person, if any, who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) the Company (collectively the "Company Indemnified Parties" and each a "Company Indemnified Party") against any loss, claim, damage or liability, joint or several, or any action in respect thereof, to which the Company Indemnified Parties may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such loss, claim, damage, liability or action arises out of or is based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement, preliminary prospectus or Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) provided by the Company to any Holder or any prospective purchaser of Exchange Notes or registered Notes, or (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein (or in any amendment or supplement thereto) a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but in each case only to the extent that the untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Holder specifically for use therein, and shall reimburse the Company Indemnified Parties for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such parties in connection with investigating or preparing to defend or defending against or appearing as third party witness in connection with any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred. In no event shall any Holder, its officers, directors, employees, representatives and agents or any Person who controls such Holder (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) be liable or responsible for any amount in excess of the amount by which the total amount received by such Holder with respect to its sale of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement exceeds (i) the amount paid by such Holder for such Transfer Restricted Securities and (ii) the amount of any damages that such Holder, its officers, directors, employees, representatives and agents or any Person who controls such Holder (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 8 of notice of any claim or the commencement of any action, the indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section 8, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the claim or the commencement of that action; provided, however, that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have under this Section 8 except to the extent it has been materially prejudiced by such failure; and, provided, further, that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to an indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 8. If any such claim or action shall be brought 16

against an indemnified party, and it shall notify the indemnifying party thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it wishes, jointly with any other similarly notified indemnifying party, to assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. After notice from the indemnifying party to the indemnified party of its election to assume the defense of such claim or action, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to the indemnified party under this Section 8 for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation; provided, however, that any indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such action and to participate in the defense thereof but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (i) the employment thereof has been specifically authorized by the indemnifying party in writing, (ii) such indemnified party shall have been advised by such counsel that there may be one or more legal defenses available to it which are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party and in the reasonable judgment of such counsel it is advisable for such indemnified party to employ separate counsel or (iii) the indemnifying party has failed to assume the defense of such action and employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party, in which case, if such indemnified party notifies the indemnifying party in writing that it elects to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party, the indemnifying party shall not have the right to assume the defense of such action on behalf of such indemnified party, it being understood, however, that the indemnifying party shall not, in connection with any one such action or separate but substantially similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys at any time for all such indemnified parties, which firm shall be designated in writing by a majority of the Holders, if the indemnified parties under this Section 8 consist of any Holder Indemnified Parties, or by the Company if the indemnified parties under this Section 8 consist of any Company Indemnified Parties. Each indemnified party, as a condition of the indemnity agreements contained in Sections 8(a) and (b), shall use all reasonable efforts to cooperate with the indemnifying party in the defense of any such action or claim. No indemnifying party shall be liable for any settlement of any such action effected without its written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), but if settled with its written consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff in any such action, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify and hold harmless any indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. (d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 8 is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under Section 8(a) or 8(b), then each indemnifying party shall, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability, or action in respect thereof, (i)(A) in such proportion as shall be appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Holder, on the other, on their sale of Transfer Restricted Securities, or (B) if the allocation provided by clause (i)(A) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i)(A) above but also the relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and of the Holder, on the other, with respect to the statements or omissions which resulted in such loss, claim, damage or liability, or action in respect thereof, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to 17

information supplied by the Company on the one hand or the Holder on the other, the intent of the parties and their relative knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. The Company and the Initial Purchasers agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this Section 8(d) were to be determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take into account the equitable considerations referred to herein. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the loss, claim, damage or liability, or action in respect thereof, referred to above in this Section 8(d) shall be deemed to include, for purposes of this Section 8(d), any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 8(d), (ii)(A) no Holder, its officers, directors, representatives or agents or any Person, if any, who controls such Holder shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total received by such Holder with respect to the sale of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement exceeds (x) the amount paid by such Holder for such Transfer Restricted Securities and (y) the amount of any damages which such Holder has otherwise paid or become liable to pay by reason of any untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission, and (B) any amount the Company would otherwise be required to contribute shall be reduced by the amount the Company has otherwise paid or become liable to pay by reason of any untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Holders' obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 8(d) are several in proportion to the respective principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities held by each Holder hereunder and not joint. (e) The Company agrees that the indemnity and contribution provisions of this Section 8 shall apply to Affiliated Market Makers to the same extent, on the same conditions, as it applies to Holders. SECTION 9. Rule 144A and Rule 144 The Company agrees with each Holder, for so long as any Transfer Restricted Securities remain outstanding and during any period in which the Company (i) is not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, to make available, upon request of any Holder, to such Holder or beneficial owner of Transfer Restricted Securities in connection with any sale thereof and any prospective purchaser of such Transfer Restricted Securities designated by such Holder or beneficial owner, the information required by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Act in order to permit resales of such Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to Rule 144A, and (ii) is subject to Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Exchange Act, to make all filings required thereby in a timely manner in order to permit resales of such Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to Rule 144. SECTION 10. Miscellaneous (a) Remedies. The Company acknowledges and agrees that any failure by the Company to comply with its obligations under Sections 3 and 4 hereof may result in material irreparable injury to the Initial Purchasers or the Holders or Affiliated Market Makers for which there is no adequate remedy at law, that it will not be possible to measure damages for such injuries precisely and that, in the event of any such failure, the Initial Purchasers or any Holders or Affiliated Market Makers may 18

obtain such relief as may be required to specifically enforce the Company's obligations under Sections 3 and 4 hereof. The Company further agrees to waive the defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate. (b) No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company will not, on or after the date of this Agreement, enter into any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof. The rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with and are not inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of the Company's securities under any agreement in effect on the date hereof. (c) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to or departures from the provisions hereof may not be given unless (i) in the case of Section 5 hereof and this Section 10(c)(i), the Company has obtained the written consent of Holders of all outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities and (ii) in the case of all other provisions hereof, the Company has obtained the written consent of Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities (excluding Transfer Restricted Securities held by the Company or its Affiliates). Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to departure from the provisions hereof that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders whose Transfer Restricted Securities are being tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer, and that does not affect directly or indirectly the rights of other Holders whose Transfer Restricted Securities are not being tendered pursuant to such Exchange Offer, may be given by the Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities subject to such Exchange Offer. (d) Third Party Beneficiary. The Holders and Affiliated Market Makers shall be third party beneficiaries to the agreements made hereunder between the Company, on the one hand, and the Initial Purchasers, on the other hand, and shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent they may deem such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect its rights or the rights of Holders and Affiliated Market Makers hereunder. (e) Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telex, telecopier, or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery: (i) if to a Holder, at the address set forth on the records of the Registrar under the Indenture, with a copy to the Registrar under the Indenture; and (ii) if to the Company: Amkor Technology, Inc. 1345 Enterprise Drive West Chester, Pennsylvania 19380 Telecopier No.: 610-431-3990 Attention: General Counsel 19

With a copy to: Wilson, Sonsini, Goodrich & Rosati 650 Page Mill Road Palo Alto, CA 94304 Telecopier No.: (650) 493-6811 Attention: Larry Sonsini, Esq. All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the next Business Day, if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery. Copies of all such notices, demands or other communications shall be concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee at the address specified in the Indenture. Upon the date of filing of the Exchange Offer or a Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, notice shall be delivered to Citigroup Global Markets Inc., on behalf of the Initial Purchasers (in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A) and shall be addressed to: 388 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10013, Attention: General Counsel. (f) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties, including without limitation and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders; provided, that nothing herein shall be deemed to permit any assignment, transfer or other disposition of Transfer Restricted Securities in violation of the terms hereof or of the Purchase Agreement or the Indenture. If any transferee of any Holder shall acquire Transfer Restricted Securities in any manner, whether by operation of law or otherwise, such Transfer Restricted Securities shall be held subject to all of the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding such Transfer Restricted Securities such Person shall be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to perform all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement, including the restrictions on resale set forth in this Agreement and, if applicable, the Purchase Agreement, and such Person shall be entitled to receive the benefits hereof. (g) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. (h) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof. (i) Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICT OF LAW RULES THEREOF. (j) Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality 20

and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby. (k) Entire Agreement. This Agreement is intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement and intended to be a complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein. There are no restrictions, promises, warranties or undertakings, other than those set forth or referred to herein with respect to the registration rights granted with respect to the Transfer Restricted Securities. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter. 21

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above. AMKOR TECHNOLOGY, INC. By: /s/ Kenneth Joyce -------------------------------------- Name: Kenneth T. Joyce Title: Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer The foregoing Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written. CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC. DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC. J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC. By: CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC. By: /s/ Kevin M. Sisson -------------------------------- Name: Kevin Sisson Title: Director SIGNATURE PAGE TO NOTES REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

EXHIBIT A NOTICE OF FILING OF EXCHANGE OFFER REGISTRATION STATEMENT To: Citigroup Global Markets Inc. Attention: General Counsel 388 Greenwich Street New York, New York 10013 Fax: (212) 816-7912 From: Amkor Technology, Inc. 7-1/8% Senior Notes due 2011 Date:__________________ For your information only (NO ACTION REQUIRED): Today, ______, ____, we filed [an Exchange Registration Statement/a Shelf Registration Statement] with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We currently expect this registration statement to be declared effective within __ business days of the date hereof.

EXHIBIT 12.1 AMKOR TECHNOLOGY, INC. COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES (IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT RATIO DATA) YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, THREE MONTHS ENDED ------------------------------------------------------------ MARCH 31, 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 --------- --------- ----------- ----------- ---------- ------------------ Earnings Income (loss) before income taxes, equity in income (loss) of investees, minority interest and discontinued operations........ $ 87,494 $173,154 $(438,498) $(564,309) $(45,303) $ 12,703 Interest expense............................... 61,803 127,027 138,629 143,441 138,775 32,665 Amortization of debt issuance costs............ 3,466 7,013 22,321 8,251 7,428 1,357 Interest portion of rent....................... 3,481 4,567 7,282 4,995 5,463 1,400 Less (earnings) loss of affiliates............. 2,622 -- -- -- -- -- -------- -------- --------- --------- -------- ------------------ $158,866 $311,761 $(270,266) $(407,622) $106,363 $ 48,125 ======== ======== ========= ========== ======== ================== Fixed Charges Interest expense............................... $ 61,803 $127,027 $ 138,629 $ 143,441 $138,775 $ 32,665 Amortization of debt issuance costs............ 3,466 7,013 22,321 8,251 7,428 1,357 Interest portion of rent....................... 3,481 4,567 7,282 4,995 5,463 1,400 -------- -------- --------- --------- -------- ------------------ $ 68,750 $138,607 $ 168,232 $ 156,687 $151,666 $ 35,422 ======== ======== ========= ========= ======== ================== Ratio of earnings to fixed charges 2.3x 2.2x -- x(1) -- x(1) -- x(1) 1.4x ======== ======== ========= ========= ======== ================== (1). The ratio of earnings to fixed charges was less than 1:1 for the year ended December 31, 2003. In order to achieve a ratio of earnings to fixed charges of 1:1, we would have had to generate an additional $45.3 million of earnings in the year ended December 31, 2003. The ratio of earnings to fixed charges was less than 1:1 for the year ended December 31, 2002. In order to achieve a ratio of earnings to fixed charges of 1:1, we would have had to generate an additional $564.3 million of earnings in the year ended December 31, 2002. The ratio of earnings to fixed charges was less than 1:1 for the year ended December 31, 2001. In order to achieve a ratio of earnings to fixed charges of 1:1, we would have had to generate an additional $438.5 million of earnings in the year ended December 31, 2001. 29

EXHIBIT 31.1 SECTION 302(a) CERTIFICATION I, James J. Kim, certify that: 1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Amkor Technology, Inc.; 2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have: a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared; b) [omitted] c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of registrant's board of directors: a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal controls over financial reporting. Date: May 5, 2004 /s/ JAMES J. KIM ---------------------------- By: James J. Kim Title: Chief Executive Office 30

EXHIBIT 31.2 SECTION 302(a) CERTIFICATION I, Kenneth T. Joyce, certify that: 6. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Amkor Technology, Inc.; 7. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 8. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 9. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have: e) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared; f) [omitted] g) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and h) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and 10. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of registrant's board of directors: c) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and d) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal controls over financial reporting. Date: May 5, 2004 /s/ KENNETH T. JOYCE ----------------------------- By: Kenneth T. Joyce Title: Chief Financial Officer 31

EXHIBIT 32 CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 I, James J. Kim, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the Quarterly Report of Amkor Technology, Inc. on Form 10-Q for the three months ended March 31, 2004 fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that information contained in such Form 10-Q fairly presents in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of Amkor Technology, Inc. /s/ JAMES J. KIM ------------------------------- By: James J. Kim Title: Chief Executive Officer I, Kenneth T. Joyce, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the Quarterly Report of Amkor Technology, Inc. on Form 10-Q for the three months ended March 31, 2004 fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that information contained in such Form 10-Q fairly presents in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of Amkor Technology, Inc. /s/ KENNETH T. JOYCE ------------------------------- By: Kenneth T. Joyce Title: Chief Financial Officer 32